INTRUSION DETECTION FIRE DETECTION

>A

I/FI

CAT

ALO

GU

E20

16

2LR 1.2 G1V1 LENS KITS 51

2VB 1.2 G1V1 LENS KIT 51

AMP/MWA KIT 79

ANTI-CLIMB OVER AS60 77

AS02/S 105

AS07/S 105

AS15 105

AS27 105

AS500/REP 22

AT01 104

CAGE 86

CLAMP ZAxSP60 BASE 77

CONTERPLATE 86COVER PROTECTION MICROSWITCH MS60

77

CP/EP500 21

CP/EXP 21

CR200 GSM 34

CT06 95

CT10-M 93

CT11-M 94

CT12-M/F 93

DC200 38

DC200BR 38

DC500 42

DC500-BR 42

DK20 12, 102

DK200M 12, 102

DK21S 102

DK30 20

DK50 20

DK500M-E 20

DK500M-P 20

DKA/A 103

DKA/AXO 103

DKA/EIK 103

DKA/G 103

DKA/I 103

DKA/L 103

DKA/VI 103

DKAB/VP 103

DT16 60

DT16 90° Wall support 60

DT16 Wall bracket 60

DT17 61

DT17 LENS 61

DT17 WALL BRACKET 61

DT250/2RT 81

EIR200 37

EL15/S 74

EL15R/T 74

EL20RT/05 73

EL20RT/10 73

EL20RT/15 73

EL20RT/20 73

EL60RT 75

EL60RT 2PH/120 75

EP100 13

EP508 21

ER500 21

ESD30 64

ETHERNET INTERFACE 22

F031WL 33

FAST-LINK 12

FIXING KIT 33

PRODUCT NAME PAGE PRODUCT NAME PAGE PRODUCT NAME PAGE PRODUCT NAME PAGE

GD03 64

GD05PL 64

GSM 1 ANTENNA 23, 94

GSM 2 ANTENNA 23

HI-CONNECT 23, 31

HP200F 39

HP202L 87

HP202LG 87

HP30WL 33

HP375M 89

HP500 43

HP602LG 87

HPA100 88

HPA100A 88

HPA701 84

HPA702L 86

HPA702LG 85

HPA703XP 86

HPA703XP/H 86

IM29CPU 58

IM915 AM VDS 57

IM915 VDS 56

IM915AM 56

IMA 12 53

IMA 13 54

IMA 15 55

IMG30 31

IMG500 22

IR 915 VDS 51

IR 918 AM 51

IR200 38

IR500 42

IRA 12 47

IRA 14 49

IRA 15P 50

IRA13 48

IRA31WL 32

IRA31WL/P 32

IS200 39

IS500 43

IT USB 13

IT USB/KEY 22

IT500KNX 23

IT500WEB 23

ITUSB 33

IV 4Z 13, 66

KIT DK3O-50 20

KP100D/NF 12

KP106 12

KP200 36

KP200DP/N 20

KP30WL 31

KP500D/N 20

KP500DV/N 20

KT TMP 66

MF01 66

MF02 66

MM30WL 32

MMB01 67

MMH01 67

MMH02 67

MMH03 67

MMI01 68

MMI02 68

MMI03 68

MMI17 68

MMS01 67

MMS01BR 67

MMS02 67

MMS03 68

MMS50 67

MMS50BR 67

MMS60 68

MMS60MR 68

MMZ01 69

MODEM 12, 23, 31

MP106 9, 11

MP500/16 19

MP500/4 18

MP500/4 Intrusion Alarm Kit 19

MP500/8 18

MP500/8 Intrusion Alarm Kit 19

MR 02 13

MR16 41

MS04 65

MS04ET 66

MS04IT 66

MU30 33

MW21PD 58

MW30R/T 80

MWA120R/T 79

MWA60R/T 79

PA01-C 104

POIDT250 81

PROTECTION MODULE 86

PS31 33

RB 1212 104

RB 15 104

RB 19 104

RB 24 104

RB 612 104

RB06 104

RB12 104

RC200 36

RC500 42

RS/MWA 79

RST60 75

RT35 80

RX02 104

SD200 39

SN130 98

SN180 99

SN80 98

SP10/15 80

SP10/20 80

SP120/MWA 79

SP130/MWA 79

SP20/MWA 79

SP50/MWA 79

SP60-360/10 KIT 76

SP60-360/15 KIT 76

SP60-360/20 KIT 77

SP60-360/25 KIT 77

SP60-360/30 KIT 77

SP60/10 KIT 76

SP60/15 KIT 76

SP60/20 BRACKET KIT 77

SP60/20 FLOOR-MOUN-TED BASE

77

SP60/20 KIT 76

SP60/25 KIT 76

SP60/30 FLOOR-MOUN-TED BASE

77

SP60/30 KIT 76

SP900/10 51

SPA 10 TAMPER KIT 51

SPA04 66

SPA10/10 51

STM30 31

SV500N 22

SV504 22

TAMPER KIT 51

TC12 59

TC14 59

TC16 59

TER60 THERMOSTAT 77

TX02 104

TX02M 104

TX31WL/5 30

VSD3 64

WL31 26, 30

WL31TG 30

WL31TG NF-A2P 30

X KP CABLE 23

INTRUSION DETECTION ALPHABETIC INDEX

FIRE DETECTION ALPHABETIC INDEX

PRODUCT NAME PAGE PRODUCT NAME PAGE

2570WP 115

82425 BG 158

82450 BG 158

C402 111

C404 111

C420 112

CDS 133

DBS 129

DSE/626 157

EM100P 158

EM50P 158

ESPCDS 133

ESPMC100 136

FA128 126

FAP541 124

FAP5416 125

FAP544 125

FAP548 125

FDGPL400 115

FDMET400 114

FDO100 138

FDO400 113

FDO500 128

FDOT100 138

FDOT400 114

FDOT500 129

FDT100 139

FDT400 113

FDT500 128

FDTD400 113

FDTD500 129

FKP500 126

FL100 151

FLR100 152

FM500 128

FMR500 128

GRAPHIC MAPS/FAP500 127

HPA100F 157

HPA700F 157

HPF100 140

HPFL100 141

IO500 126

IO501 126

IOM500 126

ITB500 127

ITG500 127

ITS500 127

LAN/TCP/IP500 127

MC100 136

MC500 126

MGSM500 127

MI100 137

ML420 112

ML54FAP 127

MPSTN500 127

MR402 111

MR404 111

MR420 112

MU100 137

P440 115

P445 115

PA100 139

R/820 119

RA/209 148

RB 1212 158

RB 15 158

RB 19 158

RB 24 158

RB06 158

RIFLE100 152

RIFLE20 152

RIFLE50 152

RLB/1 150

RLB/2 150

RS232/485 127

RTS/2 149

RTS/4 150

RTS/6 149

S1450CO 145

S2096GP 146

S2096ME 146

S2097GP 147

S2097ME 147

S2097VB 147

S2131CO 147

S2396VB 145

SD500 118

SD500R 118

SD500RL 118

SD515 118

SOFT/FAP500 127

SPTB 156

ST/PL4 144

ST/PL4/ESP 144

ST/S3REL 148

STG/BOX 145

STG/IN8 145

STG/MTSLB 144

STG/OUT16 145

T/800L 157

TB24 156

TM220 156

TM24 156

XCC-011 153

FIR

E D

ETEC

TIO

N

INTR

USI

ON

DET

ECTI

ON

>06 WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

>24 WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

>44 VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS

>62 PERIMETER DETECTORS

>70 OUTDOOR PROTECTION

>82 SIRENS

>90 COMMUNICATORS

>96 FOGGING SYSTEM

>100 ACCESSORIES

>159 SALES NETWORK

>108 CONVENTIONAL FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS - 400 SERIES

>116 UNIVERSAL BASE DUCTED DETECTION

>120 FAP500 - DIGITAL SYSTEM

>130 EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM- CDS SERIES

>134 WIRELESS STAND-ALONE SYSTEM

>142 GAS DETECTION, SPECIAL DETECTORS

>154 VISUAL-ACOUSTIC INDICATORS

4

>8 MP106Expandable (up to 28 zones) control panel with pc up/down loading. 4 zones in the control unit expandable up to 28 zones. Programmable part set in 3 groups+total. System locally programmable from a PC over USB connection or remotely programmable via modem. Remote alarm transmission integrated.

>18 MP500/4Control unit for small-size systems, equipped with 4 inputs expandable up to 32, with integrated PSTN telephone dialler. 4 splittable sectors, local (USB) and remote (modem) programming from PC. Video proof function. Access via Internet, management via Smartphone/tablet. EN50131 class 2 certified

>18 MP500/8Multifunctional control unit for medium-size systems, equipped with 8 inputs expandable up to 64, with integrated PSTN telephone dialler. 8 splittable sectors, local (USB) and remote (modem) programming from PC. Remote management through application sw, video proof function. Access via Internet, management via Smartphone/tablet. EN50131 class 3 certified

>19 MP500/16Multifunctional control unit for medium-large size systems, equipped with 8 inputs expandable up to 128, with integrated PSTN telephone dialler. 16 splittable sectors, local (USB) andremote (modem) programming from PC. Remote management through application sw, video proof function. Access via Internet, management via Smartphone/tablet. EN50131 class 3 certified

>27 WL31 Wireless two-way communication system (Reply Technology) with up to 4 splittable zones. The system includes a WL31 control unit, remote keypad, transmitters, wireless infrared detectors, wireless magnetic contact detectors, smoke detector, wireless outdoor siren

>34 CR200 GSMWireless system packed with simple plug & play functionality, with the design for easy installation and easily self-taught

>40 MR16 The MR16 wireless module allows to add wireless devices to a wired system. It can be connected to the inputs and outputs of any wired control unit and manage several wireless devices to expand the existing system. The MR16 wireless module can manage up to 16 devices, including: opening detectors, volumetric sensors, 4 sirens (of the outdoor and/or indoor type), 8 remote controls

>47 IRA12 | Analogue | Three-function Extravision Lens | 12/20 m

>48 IRA13 | Analogue | Three-function Extravision Lens | 12/20 m

>49 IRA14 | Digital | Three-function Extravision Lens | 15/25 m

>50 IRA15P | Digital | Fresnel LensPET Immunity | 15/25 m

>53 IMA12 | Three-function Extravision LensAutoequalizer | 12 m

>54 IMA13 | Interchangeable Fresnel LensAutoequalizer | 15 m

>55 IMA15AM | Interchangeable Fresnel Lens Autoequalizer | Antimasking | 15/30 m

>56 IM915AM | Three-function Extravision LensAutoequalizer | Antimasking | 15/25 m

>57 IM29CPU | Fresnel LensAutoequalizer | 13/25 m

>57 MW21PD | AdjustableAntimasking | 30 m

>59 TC12 Infrared sensor with high resolution integrated 12/15 m micro-camera

>59 TC14 Indoor IP dome camera with fixed 3.6 mm lenses and infrared LED; H264 video compression mechanical filter; motion detector.

>59 TC16 Outdoor IP camera with 2.8-12 mm varifocal lenses and infrared LED; H264 video compression; HD720p at 30 fps resolution; mechanical filter; motion detector.

>60 DT16 Double-technology outdoor detector, BLIND protection, anti-masking function, 8 m range

>61 DT17Double-technology outdoor detector, Pet immunity and Anti-masking, 10 m range

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORSINFRARED

DUAL TECHNOLOGY

MICROWAVE

CAMERA DETECTORS

OUTDOOR DETECTORS

OVERVIEW INTRUSION DETECTION

10

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

MP106 SYSTEM

EN50131

EN50131

EN50131

52016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

>81 DT250/2RT | Dual technology barrier, microwave + 4 active IR beams. Modulation over 4 channels. Range 250 m

>84 700 SERIES | Range of self-powered die-cast aluminium sirens 103 dB

>86 700 SERIES | Accessories

>87 200 SERIES | Self-powered polycarbonate sirens | 103 dB

>87 HP602LG | Self-powered stainless steel siren | 102 dB

>88 HPA100 | Siren with plastic casing | 110 dB Self-powered version HPA100A

>89 HP375M | Self-powered siren with metal casing | 117 dB

>93 CT10-M | Voice synthesis GSM communicator

>93 CT12-M/F | 4-channel GSM sequence switch

>94 CT11-M | Dual-standard GSM/PSTN communicator | 12 numbers

>95 CT06 | PSTN communicator 2 alarm inputs | 12 numbers 2 remote controls

>100 Complementary device for safety systems. Interchangeable coverage from 80 to 180 sq. m.

>104 Telephone activation systems | Adaptors and key readers Transmitters | Batteries | Power supply units

INDOOR SIRENS

PSTN COMMUNICATORS

ACCESSORIES

>64 GD03/GD05 | Glass break detector

>64 ESD30 | Seismic detector for doors and windows

>64 VSD3 | Seismic detector for doors and windows with vibration sensor

>65 MS04 | Vault detector for the protection of reinforced concrete structures, safes, armoured cabinets

>65 MS04PK | Vault detector for the protection of safes with cover patch device

>66 Roller shutter contacts

>67 Magnetic contacts for pivoting doors

>68 Magnetic surface contacts

>68 Flush-mounted magnetic contacts

>69 Inertial detector

>72 EL20 | Indoor/outdoor barrier | 4 models with height from 0.5 to 2 m | Range up to 10 m indoors and 20 m outdoors

>74 EL15R/T | Synchronised outdoor barrier with disqualification circuit | Max. range 100 m

>75 EL60RT Indoor/outdoor active infrared barrier2 models with 60 and 120 m outdoor range (from 120 to 240 m indoor)

>76 SP60 | Anodised aluminium columns for EL15/EL50 barriers Available in two models, with single and double direction with height from 1 to 3 m

>77 SP60 | Accessories

CONTACTS

OUTDOOR PROTECTIONSINFRARED BARRIERS AND COLUMNS

PERIMETER DETECTORSSTRUCTURAL PROTECTIONS

MICROWAVE BARRIERS

MICROWAVE BARRIERS

>78 MWA60R/T | Outdoor barrier with automatic compensation and disqualification. Range 60 m

OUTDOOR PROTECTIONSDUAL TECHNOLOGY BARRIERS

SIRENSOUTDOOR SIRENS

COMMUNICATORSGSM COMMUNICATORS

>79 MWA120R/T | Outdoor barrier with automatic compensation and disqualification | Range 120 m

>80 MW30RT | Outdoor barrier with 4 modulating channels | Range 180 m

FOGGING SYSTEM

EN50131

6WIRED

ALARM SYSTEMS

>WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

72016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

SW

IRED

ALA

RM

SYS

TEM

S

C E R T I F I ED

CE

RTIFIED

EN50131gr. 3

> 8

> 14

MP106

MP500 SYSTEMS- MP500/4- MP500/8- MP500/16

8

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

MP106 SYSTEM

10

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

MP106 SYSTEM

92016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

The MP106 system permits tomanage 4 zones of alarm in thebase version, and reaches up to28 with optional expansion, orusing the alarm zones presenton each keypad or on eachelectronic reader. It is possibleto part set the system in 3

sectors. MP106 is manageablethrough remote keypad and/orelectronic key connected to theserial line. The alarms can betransmitted on the telephoneline with main communicationprotocols or through prerecordedmessages thanks to

the voice synthesis. The systemcan be directly uploaded ordownloaded by PC, throughUSB interface and it is alsoTele-manageable remotely orvia modem.

MP106 SYSTEM: FROM 4 UP TO 28 INPUTS

For small-size alarm systems

CONTROL UNIT INPUTS

11

MP106 SYSTEM: FROM 4 UP TO 28 INPUTS

For small-size alarm systems

1 32 4

CONTROL DEVICES

MAX 4

1 2 3 4

PARALLEL EXPANSION

5 6 7 8

MA

X 1

EX

PA

NSI

ON

MP106TG/V

4 KEYPADS MAX

KP100 DK2000M

EP100

SER

IAL

LIN

E

The MP106 system permits to manage 4 zones of alarm in the base version, and reaches up to 28 with optional expansion, or using the alarm zones present on each keypad or on each electronic reader. It is possible to part set the system in 3

sectors. MP106 is manageable through remote keypad and/or electronic key connected to the serial line. The alarms can be transmitted on the telephone line with main communication protocols or through pre-recorded messages thanks to

the voice synthesis. The system can be directly uploaded or downloaded by PC, through USB interface and it is also Tele-manageable remotely or via modem.

CONTROL UNIT INPUTS

1

2

1

21

2

KP106

2013CATALOGUE

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

AI INTRUSION DETECTION

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

AI INTRUSION DETECTION

AI INTRUSION DETECTION

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

SVO

LUM

ETR

IC D

ETEC

TOR

SP

ERIM

ETER

DET

ECTO

RS

OU

TDO

OR

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

SSI

REN

SC

OM

MU

NIC

ATO

RS

AC

CES

SOR

IES

CO

NVE

NTI

ON

AL

SYST

EMS

FI FIRE DETECTION

DIG

ITA

L SY

STEM

GA

S D

ETEC

TIO

N S

PEC

IAL

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

CO

NTR

OL

UN

IT

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

N

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

10

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

ZONE 1

ZONE 2

ZONE 3

The system is splittable into 3 independently armed zones

Data uploading and downlo-ading with a dedicated user-friendly software compatible with Windows operating sy-stems. The software enables to record and classify data

on customers, systems and operators. The software also allows: remote control unit programming, control unit program download, program verification and editing, pro-

gram upload to control unit, system event log download, real time check of system, in-puts, outputs, and battery and fuse status.

SYSTEM SPLITTING

FASTLINK SOFTWARETHE SYSTEM CAN BE FULLY PROGRAMMED LOCALLY THROUGH PC OVER RS232 LINE OR REMOTELY OVER TELEPHONE LINE VIA MODEM

USB connection

Telephone LineRemote Management

Remote Surveillance

Voice Message

REMOTE MANAGEMENT - ALARM TRANSMISSION

112016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

Control Unit

MP106 item no. 80MP1A00211Wired control unit for medium size plants equipped with 4 zones expandable up to 28 Wired control unit for small size plants equipped with 4 zones max + 1 tamper input + 1 mechanical key input. Expandable up to 28 zones + zones 24H + 4 AUX 2 programmable alarm outputs: 1 open collector electric outputs and 1 relay output with free exchange.Inputs can be partialized into 3 sectors

> Possibility of controlling up to 4 readers, 4 keyboards and 1 expansion for inputs/outputs via dedicated serial line (4 conductors)

> 8 supplementary alarm zones + 1 tamper input + 1 auxiliary input in the input expansion which may be of parallel type (EP100) or serial type (ES100). The expansion is also equipped with 4 open collector electric outputs

> 2 additional alarm zones in every reader and in every remote keyboard > Programmable zones such as THEFT ( instant, delayed, last output, GONG), Technologic, Fire, Silent panic, panic with sirens

> Activation and deactivation via remote keypad with LCD display (with “plain language” message visualisation), remote LED keypad, built-in electronic key, mechanical key

> Signalling of: general alarm, failure, mains presence, low battery, plant status, tamper alarm,inputs open, inputs cut off. Signalling is provided by means of leds and/or display

> 8 access codes available: master, installer, remote surveillance, user 2, 5, 6, 7, 8 > Max. 64 events can be stored on memory > Programmable with KP100 led keyboard and KP100D LCD keyboard > Programmable with local/remote PC and Fast Link software > Programmable commutating lock functions with open zones and zone self-bypassing > Max length of unit-peripheral serial line: 500 meters (2x0.75 cable sect.for feeder + 2 x 0.22 x data)

> Degree of protection provided by casing: IP30/ IK 02 > Allocable battery (plastic box): 12 Vdc 2,2 Ah > Switching power supply: 1 A > Dimensions (H x W x D): 245 x 185 x 70 mm

MP106TGAs above with integrated alarm transmission. 6/23 digit telephone numbers communicator multiprotocol digital transmission on 8 programmable channels. Voice transmission with 9 messages (1 base message + 8 alarm messages)

MP106TG/V

MODEL ITEM NO. LANGUAGES

MP106TG “A” 80MP7E00111 I/F/D

MP106TG “C” 80MP8E00111 GB/E/P

MP106TG/V “A” 80MP6K00111 I/F/D

MP106TG/V “C” 80MP9K00111 GB/E/P

MP110 SYSTEM

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

Key:I = Italian; F = French; D = German; GB = English; E = Spanish; P = Portuguese.

12

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

MP106 SYSTEM

Control devices

KP106 item no. 80KP3500111Remote keypad

> Remote keyboard connected on dedicated serial line > Max 4 keyboard installable > Degree of protection provided by casing: IP30/IK 02 > Dimensions (H x W x D): 108 x 140 x 45 mm

KP100D/NF item no. 80KP2200311 Backlit remote keypad with LCD display

> Remote keyboard connected on dedicated serial line, equipped with 16-character display with clear message signalling and signalling leds

> 2 on-board additional alarm zones > Max 4 keyboard installable > Degree of protection provided by casing: IP30/IK 02 > Dimensions (H x W x D): 108 x 140 x 45 mm

DK2000M item no. 80DK2000111 Key reader for electronic digital key (BLACK)

> Key reader connected via dedicated serial line > WHITE version item number DK2000M/B - 80DK2400111 > Dimensions (H x W x D): 40 x 20 x 50 mm

DK20 item no. 80DK1700111 Electronic digital key

> Programmable key. Stores a code randomly created by the control unit (over 4 billion possible combinations)

> With the DH20 key it is possible to activate the system fully or partially

Software for remote control

FAST-LINK item no. 80SW1300111Data uploading and downloading through a dedicated, easy to use, user-friendly software running under Windows™.

MODEM item no. 80CT3900113External modem to connect to PC for telemonitoring functions.

14

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

Control devices

KP106 item no. 80KP3500111Remote keypad

> Remote keyboard connected on dedicated serial line > Max 4 keyboard installable > Degree of protection provided by casing: IP30/IK 02 > Dimensions (H x W x D): 108 x 140 x 45 mm

KP100D item no. 80KP2200211Backlit remote keypad with LCD display

> Remote keyboard connected on dedicated serial line, equipped with 16-character display with clear message signalling and signalling leds

> 2 on-board additional alarm zones > Max 4 keyboard installable > Degree of protection provided by casing: IP30/IK 02 > Dimensions (H x W x D): 108 x 140 x 45 mm

DK2000M item no. 80DK2000111Key reader for electronic digital key (BLACK)

> Key reader connected via dedicated serial line WHITE version item number DK2000M/B - 80DK2400111

> Dimensions (H x W x D): 40 x 20 x 50 mm

DK20 item no. 80DK1700111Electronic digital key

> Programmable key. Stores a code randomly created by the control unit (over 4 billion possible combinations)

> With the DH20 key it is possible to activate the system fully or partially Software for remote control

FAST-LINK item no. 80SW1300111Data uploading and downloading through a dedicated, easy to use, user-friendly software running under Windows™ MODEM item no. 80CT3900113External modem to connect to PC for telemonitoring functions

KP100D

KP106

DK2000M

DK20

MP106 SYSTEM

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

KP106

KP100D

DK2000M

DK20

2nd lev.

2nd lev.

KP100D/NF

132016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

SW

IRED

ALA

RM

SYS

TEM

S

Extensions

EP100 item no. 80MP72101118 input parallel extension moduleAllows traditional detector connection (parallel) Extension module inputs can be programmed as instantaneous or delayed and can be memorised, excluded and associated to the managed zonesExtension modules can be connected via the control unit serial line

Accessories

IT USB item no. 80MP9H10111Interface module for connecting the control unit to the PC

MR 02 item no. 80MP79101112 relais module for TTL o OPEN COLLECTOR NH/NL electrical outputs

IV 4Z item no. 80MP9610111 Interface board equipped with 4 storable alarms inputs and 4 electric outputs, one for each input.The board transforms the fast signals coming from equipment such as vibrators, shutter sensors, etc into signals manageable by alarm control unit.

EP100

IV4Z

MP106 SYSTEM

MP500 SYSTEM

14

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

www.myelkronhome.com

C E R T I F I ED

CE

RTIFIED

EN50131gr. 3

152016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

MAIN FEATURES OF THE SYSTEMThe new MP500 system is the ideal solution to create intrusion alarm systems in different environments.It is easily scalable to meet home, business or industrial needs; it can be managed through mobile devices with Internet connection (Smartphones, Tablets), it can be integrated with video surveillance cameras and building automation systems with standard Konnex.The modular system allows to use the same peripheral devices (readers, keyboards, interfaces, expansion modules, etc.) with all the control units of the range.All control units have the same communication protocol, can be installed with the same procedure and can be managed in remote throughSW HI-CONNECT.

> Very easy management Thanks to the possibility to establish connections with Smartphone, tablet, land line phone, LAN and WAN, the MP500 system is easy to manage both locally and remotely, both by the installer and by the end customer. The new web interface, the www.myelkronhome.com portal, the Elkron cloud (www.cloud Elkron.com) and the exclusive Hi-Connect software developed by Elkron allow to manage, programme and check the whole system also remotely, with the additional possibility to store the whole programming on USB drive and to check in real time the main system information.

> Highly flexible Easy to install, fast and flexible. These are the key strengths of the 500 system. The expandable inputs (from 4 to 64) make it the ideal solution for all installation types, either small-, medium- or large-size ones. Adding up to 4 cameras, it is possible to combine the intrusion alarm and video surveillance functions into one single system. Thanks to the special speak/listen keypad, the 500 system can perform a room control function in the protected area.

> Wide customisation options The different functions of MP500 system, including video surveillance, fire alarm, building automation, emergency, proof of life, allow the users to customise the system according to their needs.

> Landline/mobile phone management Simple and complete system management. User-friendly and convenient voice menu. Instant identification of the area concerned by an alarm in case of telephone call. Room control function is available with speak/listen keypads.

> Hi-Connect remote management software Control unit remote management, check and programming via PSTN/GSM telephone networks and LAN/WAN

> Connection to surveillance centres Through digital protocols

> Remote management Through PSTN, GSM, LAN, WAN networks. Possibility to send voice, digital and SMS alarms

> Remote DMTF control management With voice guide and speak/listen room control and Caller ID management

> SMS control management Service activation via SMS

MP500/4 MP500/8 MP500/16Standard/expandable inputs 4/32 8/64 8/128Standard/expandable outputs 2/8 6/27 6/54PSTN transmitter YES YES YESMulti-protocol digital transmission YES YES YESVoice message transmission Optional (SV504) Optional (SV500) Optional (SV500)Timetable programmer YES YES YESSoftware management YES YES YESIP management Optional Optional OptionalIP VIDEO management Optional Optional OptionalGSM transmission NO Optional (IMG500) Optional (IMG500)LCD keypad YES YES YESTouch keypad YES YES YESWireless extension Optional (ER500) Optional (ER500) Optional (ER500)Partition of the system in zones 4 8 16Partition of the system in areas 1 4 4KNX Interface NO Opzione (IT500KNX) Optional (IT500KNX)WEB Interface Optional (IT500WEB) Optional (IT500WEB) Optional (IT500WEB)Events log 500 event log 1000 event log 1000 event logEN50131 certification Class 2 Class 3 Class 3

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

16

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

> Fast system setup: to acquire the devices it is not necessary to set the addresses with dip switch. It is sufficient to press their programming button and the control unit will send to the device the assigned address and the factory settings.

> Service keypad: it is possible to connect to the control unit a temporary service keypad, through a dedicated connector, for programming or maintenance. The service keypad can be disconnected from the system after installation, without needing to program the control unit again.

> Wide input configuration capability: each input can be configured according to type (seven) and specialisation (twenty). Each control unit input, keypad, extension and reader can also manage Elkron VSD3 and MMZ01 inertial detectors and Elkron MF01 and MF02 roller shutter detectors.

> WIRELESS device management: possibility to integrate into the wired system several wireless devices: infrared, contact, remote control, indoor siren, outdoor siren

> Advanced technological alarms: when a “technological” event occurs, for example the flood of a room, the system can activate specific actions (for example the closure of the water solenoid valve) and send the corresponding alarms. In order to manage different situations, the system is provided with three outputs management types.

> Rescue call: the system, with a dedicated input, can send a phone call with a voice message concerning the help request. If the system is equipped with a KP500DV voice keypad, it will be possible to communicate in hands-free mode with the person who sent the alarm.

> Door opener: it is possible to control an electric lock with an output configured as “door opener”. In this way it is possible to limit the access to specific areas only to authorised personnel. Date, time and user requesting the opening are stored in the control unit.

> Voice guide for remote control: the system guides the telephone interaction with the user through voice messages. > Advanced alarm voice calls: possibility to send voice calls with specific messages for each zone and/or inputs.

> Service message broadcast: possibility to send diagnostic information to the user through hands-free voice messages sent by the voice keypad.

> Video function with web server: through the new IT500WEB interface it is possible to manage up to 8 IP cameras freely associated to one or more system inputs. The images recorded by the cameras can be displayed and managed remotely through mobile devices, such as PCs, Smartphones or tablets, by simply connecting to and logging in www.myelkronhome.com portal. Moreover, it is possible to consult the “Video surveillance log”, that allows to display and save the images recorded by cameras after an alarm event has taken place. Every intrusion alarm, tampering and sector ON/OFF event generates an instantaneous e-mail, which is sent to the preset e-mail addresses. If the alarm has been triggered by an intrusion event and the relative input is linked to a video camera, a recording of the event will be generated. The recording contains 15 low-resolution images (5 before and 10 after the alarm) or 8 high-resolution images (4 before and 4 after the alarm). The images are taken at intervals of one second from one another. Once the recording has been completed, a second e-mail is sent containing the first image recorded after the alarm event was triggered. The event log can even be consulted in streaming mode.

> Video function with CLOUD: the check of images recorded by the cameras takes place also via web through www.cloud.elkron.com portal and the iOS® and Android App which can be downloaded by the stores. The cameras connect to the Internet through a standard ADSL connection, using the home Wi-Fi or wired network, to be reached through the web. In this way you can connect to your cameras and view the images in real time from wherever you are through Smartphones, tablets or PCs.

> Remote management via LAN/WAN- Connection speed 115,200 baudrate- Capability to enter static IP addresses to send alarms- Programmable alarm transmission- Malfunction notification management (connection impossible), with event stored in control unit log file

> System data transfer: the installer can prepare control unit programming from their PC, save the settings on a USB memory drive, then go to the customer (just with the memory drive) and update control unit software.

> The memory drive can also be used for other useful functions:- Edit programming at the customer’s premises by using the keypad, save the settings on the memory drive and then update the

data at the office on Hi-connect- If previous programming was stored on the memory drive, the control unit can be replaced at the customer’s premises without

reconfiguring the system- If 2 systems have to be created using the same keys and/or user codes, the memory drive can be used to duplicate key codes

and/or user codes- To improve safety, the memory drive can be used as a BACKUP drive for configurations and codes.

MAIN FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM

172016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

MP

500

SYST

EM

KP500DP/N

KP500DV/N

MP500/8MP500/4

RS

485

KEYUSB

LOCAL / REMOTE PC

max 15

max 8

max 8

max 4

DK500M-P

DK500M-E

max 16

max 16

max 4

IndoorSiren

OutdoorSiren

InfraredDetector

Contact Transmitter

IT500 KNX

SURVEILLANCE CENTRES; DIGITAL PROTOCOLS

EP508

max 7(2

wireless)

max 7(2

wireless)

2

ER500

MP500/16

VOICE ALARM RECEPTION DTMF REMOTE USER MANAGEMENT (VOICE GUIDE)

SMS COMMANDS. RECEPTION OF SMS ALARMS; CALL IDENTIFICATION

GSM GSMPSTN PSTNPSTN USBUSB LAN/WAN LAN/WANLAN/WAN

PO

WER

SU

PP

LYK

ON

NEX

® A

UTO

RM

ATIO

N

REA

DER

SK

EYP

AD

SEX

TEN

SIO

NS

OutdoorDetector

Pet immunityDetector

KP500D/N

AS500/REP

INTERNET

LAN

ROUTER

PC

UP TO 8WIRELESS IP

CAMERAS

REMOTE MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

18

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

MP500/4 item no. 80MP3L00111Control unit with 4 inputs expandable up to 32 and built-in PSTN communicator. Remote management, video proof and management of wireless devices.

> 4 programmable inputs + 1 24h input; expandable up to 12 > 2 programmable outputs (1 relay + 1 OC 150mA) expandable up to 5 > Splittable into 2 zones > 1 bus line for connection of up to 2 LCD or LED keypads, up to 4 key readers > Management of 24 user codes (from 4 to 6 digits) > 500 event log > Weekly timetable programmer, 8 daily controls > Up to 4 telephone numbers for sending alarms > Can be managed remotely via modem > Digital transmission through digital protocols and/or modem > Voice synthesis interface for remote alarm sending > DTMF controls for remote management > Ethernet interface for connection with LAN or ADSL modem > Web interface and user app for video management (up to 8 IP cameras) and intrusion alarm from remote mobile devices (PCs, tablets, Smartphones)

> USB interface for PC connection, local programming and data storage/retrieval with USB memory drive

> HI CONNECT software application for programming and remote management (compatible with Windows Vista® Windows 7®)

> White ABS casing > Battery:12 Vdc - 7Ah > Switching power unit: 1.5 A > Dimensions: (HxWxD) 238 x 340 x 90 mm > EN50131 class 2 certification

MP500/8 item no. 80MP4L00111Control unit with 8 inputs expandable up to 64 with integrated PSTN telephone dialler. Remote management, video proof, management of wireless devices, bus repeater.

> 8 programmable inputs + 1 dedicated 24h tamper input; expandable up to 64 > 6 programmable outputs (2 relay + 4 OC) expandable up to 27 > System splittable up to 8 zones > Management of 32 user codes (from 4 to 6 digits) and 32 keys (electronic keys DK30 or proximity keys DK50)

> 1000 event log > Weekly timetable programmer, 8 daily controls > 1 fieldbus for connection of: max. 8 display keypads, max. 7 extensions, max. 16 key readers > Direct connection for service keypad > Telephonic transmission to 12 telephone numbers, through digital protocols and/or modem > Voice synthesis interface: factory recorded messages for each system input/zone/event, sound BUS for voice and room control functions through keypad (KP500DV)

> Voice guide for DTMF remote controls > GMS interface with antenna that can be placed inside the control unit > Ethernet interface for connection with LAN or ADSL modem (12 static IP addresses) > Web interface and user app for video management (up to 8 IP cameras) and intrusion alarm from remote mobile devices (PCs, tablets, Smartphones)

> Wireless interface for hybrid management of the system > USB interface for connection to a PC for local programming > USB drive interface (standard) for storage and retrieval of system programming > KNX interface for interaction with Konnex® building automation system > HI CONNECT software application for programming and remote management (compatible with Windows Vista® Windows 7®)

> Rhos compliant > Battery:12 Vdc 7 Ah > Switching power unit: 1.5 A > Dimensions (H x W x D): 238 x 340 x 90 mm > EN50131 class 3 certification

CONTROL UNITS

MP500/4

MP500/8

192016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

MP500/16 item no. 80MP5L00111Control unit with 8 inputs expandable up to 128 with integrated PSTN telephone dialler.Remote management, video proof, management of wireless devices, bus repeater.

> 8 programmable inputs + 1 tamper input; expandable up to 128 (wired/wireless) > 6 programmable outputs (2 relay + 4 OC); expandable up to 54 > System splittable up to 16 zones > System splittable up to 4 areas > Management of 64 user codes (from 4 to 6 digits) and 64 keys (electronic keys DK30 or proximity

key DK50) > 1000 event log > Weekly timetable programmer, 8 daily controls > 1 fieldbus line for connection of: max. 8 keypads, max. 16 extensions, max. 16 key readers > Direct connection for service keypad (KP500DV) > Telephonic transmission to 12 telephone numbers, through digital protocols and/or modem > Voice synthesis interface: factory recorded messages for each system input/zone/event, sound BUS for voice and room control functions through keypad

> Voice guide for DTMF remote controls > GSM interface with antenna that can be placed inside the control unit > Ethernet interface for connection with LAN or ADSL modem > Web interface and user app for video management (up to 8 IP cameras) and intrusion alarm from remote mobile devices (PCs, tablets, Smartphones)

> Wireless interface for hybrid management of the system > USB interface for connection to a PC for local programming > USB drive interface (standard) for storage and retrieval of system programming > HI CONNECT software application for programming and remote management (compatible with

Windows Vista® Windows 7®) > Battery: 12V@ 17A > Switching power unit: 3,4 A > Dimensions (H x L x P): 350 x 490 x 145 mm > EN50131 class 3 certification

MP500/16

PRODUCT KITS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

MP500/4 EN50131 class 2

MP500/8 EN50131 class 3

MP500/16 EN50131 class 3

2nd level

3rd level

3rd level

MP500/4 INTRUSION ALARM KIT item no. 80KT2N00111Kit composed of 1 MP500/4 control unit + 1 KP500D/N keypad

MP500/8 INTRUSION ALARM KIT item no. 80KT1N00111Kit composed of 1 MP500/8 control unit + 1 KP500D/N keypad + 1 SV500/N speech synthesis module

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

20

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

CONTROL DEVICES

DK50

DK500M-P

KP500D/N item no. 80KP7100111 Remote keypad with alphanumeric LCD, 2 lines per 16 characters

> Min./max. operating voltage: 9 VDC - 15 VDC > Contrast and brightness adjustment > 9 system-state warning LEDs > 12 alphanumerical keys > 7 navigation keys > 3 rapid command keys > Buzzer with adjustable volume > 2 aux inputs > The keypad is protected against opening and removal and it is powered by the BUS connecting it to the

control unit > Dimensions (L x H x D): 151 x 125 x 29 mm > EN50131 class 3 certification

KP500DV/N item no. 80KP7200111 Remote keypad with alphanumeric LCD, 2 lines per 16 characters and speech synthesis module

> Min./max. operating voltage: 9 VDC - 15 VDC > Contrast and brightness adjustment > 9 system-state warning LEDs > 12 alphanumerical keys > 7 navigation keys > 3 rapid command keys > Buzzer with adjustable volume > Microphone, loudspeakers and audio connection > The keypad is protected against opening and removal and it is powered by the BUS connecting it to

the control unit > Dimensions (L x H x D): 151 x 125 x 29 mm > EN50131 class 3 certification

KP500DP/N item no. 80KP7400111 Touch keypad with integrated proximity reader

> OLED-technology graphic display with brightness adjustment > Indication of the system status through graphic icons > 7 navigation keys > 4 function keys > 12 alphanumerical keys > 4 warning LEDs > Buzzer with adjustable volume > Transponder reader for proximity keys > 2 aux inputs > Approach sensor > The panel is protected against opening and removal and it is powered by the BUS connecting it to the

control unit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 160 x 130 x 23.5 mm > EN50131 class 3 certification

DK500M-E item no. 80DK5000211 Electronic key reader (mod. DK50)

> 5 LEDs: 4 LEDs for system status visualisation + 1 for alarm memory > 2 programmable inputs > Compatible with whole range of Elkron residential electrical system adaptors > Available in white version DK500M-E/B item no. 80DK5100211

DK50 item no. 80DK5400211Unique code digital electronic key (over 1,099 billion combinations possible)

> Material ABS > Customisable with colour inserts (DK30 50 kit)

DK500M-P item no. 80DK5200211Electronic key reader (mod. DK30)

> 5 LEDs: 4 LEDs for system status visualisation + 1 for alarm memory > 2 programmable inputs > Available in white version DK500M-P/B item no. 80DK53002111

DK30 item no. 80DK3500111125 KHz proximity key (over 281,000 billion combinations)

> Material ABS > Protection degree IP68 - IK08 > Customisable with colour inserts (DK30 50 kit)

KIT DK30-50 item no. 80KT9410111Coloured inserts for DK50/DK30 key customisation

KP500D/N

KP500DV/N

DK500M-E

DK30

KP500DP/N

212016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

EP508 item no. 80MP7K00211Parallel extension which can be connected to the system’s BUS, for connection of traditional devices

> 8 programmable inputs + 1 dedicated 24H tamper input > 3 programmable outputs (1 relay +2 electric) > 1 tamper input > EN50131 class 3 certification

CP/EXP item no. 80MP4J00111 (Certified EN50131)Wall-mounted plastic casing for EP508 extension

> Micro tamper spring protection > It allows to keep the EN50131 level 3 certification for the expansion module

CP/EP500 item no. 80MP6J00111Protective plastic casing for EP508

EP508

EXTENSION

ER500 cod. 80WL5010111Hybrid two-way wireless extension on busThe new interface is a wired extension of MP500 systems for wireless devices. It canmanage up to 16 sensors, 4 remote controls and 2 sirens via 868.35 MHz two-way wirelesscommunication.Through 4-wire bus, it can be connected directly to the MP508TG control unit, allowing a mixedmanagement of wired and wireless devices.

> Extension operating voltage: from 9 V - to 15 V > Rated absorbed current at 12V- : 35 mA > Max. current peak absorption: 45 mA > Overall max length of wireless extension central Bus serial line: 400 m > Type of communication: serial Elkron protocol > Communication technology: two-way wireless communication > Wireless communication mode: FSK > Frequency: 868,35 MHz > Wireless range: >100 m in open air > Rated operating temperature: -5°C ÷ +40°C > Relative operating humidity: 95% a +40°C

Same devices used with MR16 universal interface.Technical features of the devices are provided in the “MR16 two-way radio interface” wireless section.

ER500

INDOOR SIREN

INFRARED DETECTOR

ER500

OUTDOOR SIREN

TRANSMITTER

INFRARED DETECTOR

MP500/16CONTROL UNIT WITH 8 INPUTS EXPANDABLE UP TO 128, WITH INTEGRATED PSTN TELEPHONE DIALLER

MP500/8CONTROL UNIT WITH 8 INPUTS EXPANDABLE UP TO 64, WITH INTEGRATED PSTN TELEPHONE DIALLER

MP500/4CONTROL UNIT WITH 4 INPUTS EXPANDABLE UP TO 32, WITH INTEGRATED PSTN TELEPHONE DIALLER

EIR 500

IRP 500

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

22

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRED ALARM SYSTEMS

SV504 item no. 80CT5410111 Speech synthesis board, can be connected to the control unit through suitable connector (earphones supplied)

> Recording and playing of alarm messages sent by the telephone transmitter > Compatible with MP500/4 control unit only

SV500N item no. 80CT6610111Speech synthesis board, can be connected to the control unit through suitable connector (earphones supplied)

> Pre-recorded messages for each input/sector/event of the system > Audio BUS for voice and environmental listening functions through keypad (KP500DV/N) > Auxiliary voice guide for DTMF remote controls > Compatible with MP500/8 and MP500/16 control unit only

IMG500 item no. 80CT5510111Two-band GSM module (900/1800 MHz)

> IMG500 is the interface that allows to connect MP500/8 and MP500/16 control units to the GSM phone network for sending alarm signalling, receiving remote controls and performing remote programming through Hi-Connect. The interface is equipped with two-band GSM transmitter/receiver (900/1800MHz) and it includes an antenna to be placed inside the MP500/8 control unit. If the control unit position does not allow the GSM module to receive a suitable signal, it is possible to use the GSM 1 antenna (optional). When GSM module is used with MP500/16 metal control unit, it is necessary to replace the supplied antenna with the antenna for metal container GSM 2 (optional).

ETHERNET INTERFACE item no. 80IT1200111Interface which can be connected to the control unit Supports connection to a LAN or ADSL modem (not provided). System management through HI CONNECT software application ver. 3.0 and later.

IT USB/KEY item no. 80MP5K1 0111Standard USB interfaceThe IT-USB/KEY interface allows to connect a computer to the MP508TG or MP508M/TG control units to a computer for programming, and/or to plug in a USB memory drive to store and retrieve configuration parameters and system data.

AS500/REP item no. 80PS5500111Additional power unit with bus signal repeater and expansion boardThe additional power unit is an optional device of MP500 system. It is equipped with an electronic board that includes an EP508 add-on directly connected to the control unit BUS, a repeater module for expanding and insulating the range of the control unit BUS and an additional power unit for powering the devices connected to the system.

> 8 programmable inputs > 3 programmable outputs (1 relay 2 OC) > 2 outputs for auxiliary power units > 1 power unit output for self-powered devices > Connectors for battery and power unit > Button and LED for acquisition > Metal container > Battery: 12Vdc 17Ah > Switching power unit: 3,4 A > Dimensions (H x W x D): 350 x 490 x 145 mm

SV504

INTERFACCIA ETHERNET

ITUSB/KEY

ACCESSORIES

SV500N

IMG500

AS500/REP

232016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

ANTENNA GSM 1

ANTENNA GSM 2

IT500KNX item no. 80IT2000111Konnex interface

> The device, connected to the intrusion alarm control unit on one side and to the Konnex® BUS on the other side, allows an event generated by the control unit to produce an effect on Konnex® system; likewise, an event generated on Konnex® system can generate an effect on the intrusion alarm control unit.

> Compatible with MP500 (MP500/8, MP500/16) range control units > Fixing system compatible with DIN standard > Power supply 12VDc > Bus Konnex® > RS485 serial connection to intrusion alarm control unit > IP configuration, through SW app

MODEM item no. 80CT3900113External modem to connect to PC for remote management

HI-CONNECT item no. 80SW2400111ELKRON control unit configuration software, user-friendly and easy to understand, compatible with Windows™ operating systems. The software enables to record and classify data on customers, systems and operators. It also allows: remote control unit programming, control unit program download, program verification and editing, program upload to control unit, system event log download, real time check of system, inputs, outputs, and battery and fuse status. Built-in function for technical alarm reception (modem needed). This multi-line software allows to manage several remote connections simultaneously.

IT500WEB item no. 80IT2710111WEB interfaceThe IT500WEB interface is an optional device with an integrated web server function for connecting MP500 control units to the LAN network via an ADSL modem router.

> It allows the user, from any device with web browser access (PCs, tablets, Smartphones), to securely access a number of typical functions of intrusion alarm, such as: ON/OFF, configuration of inputs/sectors, exclusions and several parameterisations.

> It supports up to 8 IP cameras freely associated to one or more inputs of the control unit. The images recorded by the cameras can be viewed and managed remotely through mobile devices, such as PCs, Smartphones or tablets, by simply connecting to and logging in www.myelkronhome.com portal.

> It allows the installer to use a PC with web browser access and the Hi Connect software application installed (vers. 3.50 and later) to remotely manage the MP500 control unit.

X KP CABLE item no. 80CV3010111 > Cable for service keypad connection

GSM 1 ANTENNA item no. 80AN0300111Remote antenna

> GSM remote antenna 1 is supplied with bracket, screw anchors for wall mounting and 5 m cable assembly with SMA-M connector compatible with GSM IMG500 module. It is useful when the control unit position does not ensure a sufficient field coverage for the GSM module.

GSM 2 ANTENNA item no. 80AN0400111Remote antenna for metal casing

> Antenna for metal casing with SMA-M connector compatible with the GSM IMG500 module. To be used with GSM module IMG500 inside the control unit with metal housing MP508M/TG.

IT500KNX

HI-CONNECT

IT500WEB

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

>WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

24WIRELESS

ALARM SYSTEMS

2016CATALOGUE 25

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>26

>34

>40

WL31

CR200

MR16

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

26

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

2016CATALOGUE 27

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

WL31 is a revolutionary two-way wireless communication system. Thanks to Reply Technology®, developed by ELKRON, all devices in the system are transceivers that

constantly interface with the control unit, sending a reply that allows to verify correct communication status. The exclusive, complex protocol (synchronous, GSM type)

ensures maximum security of communication under all conditions. All devices, including the control unit, are powered by long-life lithium batteries to ensure maximum

VOICE MESSAGES

autonomy. The system is therefore immune from interferences, power failures and can even be operated in locations where a power supply is not available.

REMOTE SURVEILLANCE REMOTE MANAGEMENT SMS MESSAGES

STM30 3.00IMG30

PS31Auxiliary

power unit*

LOCAL PC

MAX 32 DETECTORS

MAX 8 TRANSMITTERS

MAX 4 KEYPADS

* If using a GSM module or other communication equipment, it is recommended to use an auxiliary ps31 power unit.

MAX 4 OUTDOOR SIRENS

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

28

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

Innovation in communication and protocols

Elkron's research efforts have led to the creation of Reply Technology®: each system device is equipped with an intelligent wireless module based on a miniaturised transceiver with frequency synthesis, which is among the most sophisticated devices of its kind in the world. The module manages all circuits, including RTC (Real Time Clock), modem and antenna, which communicates with the other devices. The use of frequency band, channels, protocol, as well as any other aspect of communication are managed by the exclusive software which is the core of Reply Technology®. Two-way wireless communication is in narrow band frequency modulation (FSK-NB), splitting the 434 MHz band into a number of selectable channels in order to dynamically use those which are less susceptible to interferences, as well as, in general, less noisy. The choice of channels during installation or maintenance operations is very simple and completely automatic, by quickly sweeping the band and choosing unused or less jammed channels.

For maximum security, the WL31 system uses a synchronous type communication protocol similar to the used by GSM networks and featuring an advanced communication encoding system. This ensures maximum communication protection against simulations and intelligent tampering, allowing the WL31 system to be used for medium to high-security installations.

The structural versatility of this protocol also allows for later addition of extra peripheral devices: remote keypads, outdoors detectors, etc. The innovative features of Reply Technology® and its exclusive protocol provide the control and peripheral units of the WL31 system with a wide wireless range and high communication reliability.

Wireless communication

> Thanks to Reply Technology®, all devices communicate bidirectionally > Transmission on 434 MHz band, with FSK-NB modulation > Very high immunity to interference. > Band split into selectable channels > Self-test checking wireless coverage for each channel, with choice of the most suitable channels > Supervision with programmable time > Anti-jamming protection > Wireless range over 300 m in open air > Synchronous protocol with communication protection and authentication: - dynamic; - variable in time; - authentication with 64 bit symmetrical double key; - crack proof protocol; - code reproduction (playback) proof protocol;

> With system/zone (TC wireless) deactivated, detectors remain in standby condition: - Detectors do not transmit and consequently do not consume; - Detectors do not need timed block after detection

Exclusivity

Sequential device teach-in: after preparing the control unit, just close, one by one, the tamper contact on the each device which must be added to the system. Device teach-in will be confirmed by the control unit through acoustic and visual notification on the LCD display. Each associated device, depending on its own type, receives its own functional and protocol parameters wirelessly from the control unit. At the end of the teach-in procedure the system is immediately ready for use.New device for checking wireless communication (Patent Pending): after placing all devices in the desired position, the efficiency of wireless communication with control unit can be checked for each device. During this check, the system operates with the wireless signal power intentionally reduced. A positive outcome in such conditions will assure that, when operating at the rated power, maximum communication effectiveness will be achieved.

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

2016CATALOGUE 29

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

System structure

> WL31 Control unit > Wireless infrared detectors IRA31WL > MM30WL wireless magnetic contact detectors, also equipped with two inputs for external auxiliary detectors with individual address, that can be programmed and named in plain language

> Wireless outdoor sirens HP30WL > TX31WL wireless remote controls > All devices powered by lithium batteries

System maximum capacity: up to 32 wireless detectors, including IRA31WL, FO31WL and MM30WL; up to 96 individually identifiable detectors, in case of exclusive use of MM30WL detectors with auxiliary inputs (one contact plus 2 inputs each); up to 8 remote controls; up to 4 outdoor sirens; system splittable into 4 zones that can be freely programmed and named in plain language.

Control unit functions

> Multifunctional control unit separately managing theft, fire, technological events > Intuitive and tree-structured menus for programming from keypad in different selectable languages

> System splittable into 4 zones that can be freely programmed and associated to inputs/outputs > Up to 18 access codes with max 6 digits each > Event log with max 500 event capacity > Timetable programmer > Peripheral devices sequential teach-in > System self-configuration > Maximum flexibility in associating inputs, outputs and zones > Inputs, outputs, zones, codes and remote control can be named by the user in plain language. > Capability to program all system peripheral devices wirelessly, possibility to modify the technical parameters of each peripheral device by operating: on control unit keypad via dedicated menu; - from remote PC via special ELKRON application software (unlike one-way systems where programming is to be made on each device).

> Multiple alarm notification options, with: indoor siren, HP30WL outdoor sirens, PSTN communicator (STM30), GSM communicator (IMG30)

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

30

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

Control units

WL31 item no. 80WL0100211Wireless control unit with two-way communication

> Manages theft, fire, technological and rescue events separately > Up to 4 zones that can be freely programmed and associated to inputs/outputs > Up to 18 access codes with max 6 digits each > Event log with max 500 event capacity > Timetable programmer > Peripheral devices sequential teach-in > System self-configuration > Optional communicator modules (PSTN and GSM) for: remote system management using dedicated Elkron software, various alarm transmission methods: voice, digital protocols, modem, SMS messages.

> Built-in 21-key alphanumeric keypad with LCD display (2 x 16 digits). Both keypad and display are backlit. Inputs, outputs, zones, codes and remote control can be named by the user in plain language.

> Wired inputs and outputs: 2 programmable relay outputs, 2 programmable wired inputs. > I/O serial port for PC connection; it can be equipped with: RS232 serial module, USB “slave” serial module.

> Optional memory card connection: system data backup on external support > High-intensity indoor siren > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Powered by two high-capacity 3.6V lithium-thionyl chloride batteries (included) > Optional auxiliary power unit (PS31) > Wireless range: up to 300 m in open air > Dimensions (H x W x D): 345 x 240 x 79 mm

WL31TG item no. 80WL0200211 > Same as WL31 but with built-in communicator module: PSTN, digital protocols and voice

synthesis

WL31TG NF-A2P item no. 80WL0200311 > Same As WL31TG but with NF A2P certification

Control devices

TX31WL/5 item no. 80TX3500211Fully programmable five-key remote control.

> Microprocessor-based 5-key remote control with two-colour LEDs. All functions associated to the keys (up to 2 per key) and to the LEDs can be programmed on the WL31 control units. Each key can be customised with coloured labels, to make the choice of the associated control easier, while the two-colour LEDs provide an immediate visual feedback. Upon acquisition by the control unit, the remote is configured with pre-set parameters.

> The range of the keypad is approx. 150 meters in open air and communications with the control unit rely on the Reply Technology®. Power is supplied by one 3V long-lasting lithium battery, which can be replaced by the user

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

WL31TG

TX31WL/5

WL31 / WL31TG

TX31WL/5

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

2016CATALOGUE 31

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Control devices

KP30WL item no. 80KP3700211ABS backlit bidirectional wireless keypad

> KP30WL is a keypad for indoor use, totally managed by a microprocessor and equipped with 11 warning lights, 12 alphanumeric keys and 5 “Function” keys for direct controls. These can be customised with labels to make selection of the associated control easier. All these keypad elements can be programmed wirelessly from the control unit.

> Warnings include: alarms, tampering, malfunctions, system status, open and excluded inputs, maintenance and remote management operations.

> The range of the keypad is approx. 300 meters in open air and communications with the control unit rely on the Reply Technology®. The keypad features anti-opening and anti-removal protection. When it is acquired by the control unit, it is configured with pre-set parameters.

> Power is supplied by two 3V lithium batteries. The keypad sends low battery alarms automatically. To reduce energy consumption to the minimum, the keypad is equipped with a twilight sensor. When there is enough environmental light, the backlighting is switched off.

> Degree IP40 IK04 > Dimensions (H x W x D): 138 x 106 x 35 mm

Communication

STM30 item no. 80CT5010211PSTN communicator module

> STM30 3.00 is an optional communicator which acts as an interface between the control unit and the telephone network (PSTN) for modem and DTMF communication, using pre-recorded voice messages or a digital protocol (for example ADEMCO®, IDP® etc.). Note: the communicator module is equipped with headphones to record/listen to the voice messages.

IMG30 item no. 80CT5110111GSM Dual Band module equipped with antenna

> IMG30 is a GSM Dual Band module, equipped with an antenna, which enables you to use the mobile phone network instead of, or as an integration of, the telephone landline. It also offers the possibility to communicate via SMS messages. It can only be used if there is an STM30 3.00 module. The SIM card is not included.

HI-CONNECT item no. 80SW2400111 > ELKRON control unit configuration software, user-friendly and easy to understand, compatible with Windows™ operating systems. The software enables to record and classify data on customers, systems and operators. It also allows: remote control unit programming, control unit program download, program verification and editing, program upload to control unit, system event log download, real time check of system, inputs, outputs, and battery and fuse status. Integrated technical alarm reception function (modem needed).

MODEM item no. 80CT3900113 > External modem to connect to PC for remote management

KP30WL

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

32

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

Detectors

IRA31WL item no. 80IR5B00211Wireless passive infrared detector, two-way communication, with cylindrical Fresnel lens

> Range: 15 m with volumetric lens. Coverage 108° > Fully microprocessor controlled > Dual-type pyroelectric sensor > Programmable pulse counter > Diagnostic and TEST LEDs > Wireless range: two-way up to 300 m in open air > Powered by long-lasting 3V lithium battery (included) > Dimensions (H x W x D): 124 x 70 x 54 mm

IRA31WL/P item no. 80IR8B00111Wireless passive infrared detector with pet immunity, two-way communication, with cylindrical Fresnel lens

> Range: 15 m with volumetric lens. Coverage 108° > Pet immunity (max 35 kg) > Fully microprocessor controlled > Dual-type pyroelectric sensor > Programmable pulse counter > Diagnostic and TEST LEDs > Wireless range: two-way up to 300 m in open air > Powered by long-lasting 3V lithium battery (included) > Dimensions (H x W x D): 124 x 70 x 54 mm

MM30WL item no. 80MM6700211Magnetic contact detector with two-way wireless communication, fully microprocessor controlled

> Alarm and TEST LEDs > 2 inputs for outdoor auxiliary detectors with individual address, that can be programmed from the control unit: rolling blind detector, inertia detector, generic alarm contact

> Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Smart magnet holder: possibility to place the magnet in 3 different positions to compensate for misalignment of fixtures

> Wireless range: two-way up to 300 m in open air > Powered by long-lasting 3V lithium battery (included) > Dimensions (H x W x D): 120 x 30 x 27 mm > BROWN version - MM30WL-BR item no. MM6800211

IRA31WL / IRA31WL/P

MM30WL

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IRA31WL

MM30WL

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

2016CATALOGUE 33

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Detectors

FO31WL item no.80SD4000121Optical smoke detector, two-way wireless communication, conforming to EN14604 (smoke alarm)

> Suitable for residential as well as industrial applications (shops, offices, etc.) thanks to its operation flexibility: self-contained by means of optic-acoustic notification on the sensor; built into the WL31 system to take advantage of Reply Technology® wireless communication

> Fully microprocessor controlled > Wireless range: two-way up to 250 m in open air > Coverage: 40 sq. m > Alarm, malfunction and "sign-of-life" LEDs > Alarm reset and device TEST button > Powerful built-in buzzer (85 dB (A) @ 3 m) > Smoke threshold self-adjustment to avoid false alarms > Dust immunity and smoke sensitivity level adjustment > Powered by two CR123A-type long-lasting 3V Lithium/Manganese Dioxide batteries (included) - Formats: CR17345 (IEC), 5018LC (ANSI)

> Dimensions: Ø136, h 68 mm

Sirens

HP30WL item no. 80HP8100111Outdoor siren, two-way wireless communication, polycarbonate casing with internal steel crushproof cage

> Fully microprocessor controlled > High acoustic power: 100 dB @ 3 m > Sounds modes controlled by control unit: intrusion alarm, fire alarm, system status tones

> Strobe light with high efficiency LED panel for alarm, test and system status notifications. Anti-opening and anti-removal protection

> Electronics protected by plastic casing with IP44 protection degree > Wireless range: two-way up to 300 m in open air > Powered by two high-capacity 3.6V lithium-thionyl batteries (included) with smart energy management function

> Dimensions (H x W x D): 265 x 210 x 65 mm

Accessories

ITUSB item no. 80MP9H10111 > USB interface module for WL31 control unit connection to a local PC

MU30 item no. 80MU2910111 > Memory card for system data backup

FIXING KIT item no. 80KT4800111 > Battery fixing kit for IMG30

PS31 item no.80PS4400111 > Auxiliary switching power unit for WL31 > Input voltage: 80 ÷ 255 V~ 50Hz > Rated output voltage: 3.6 Vdc > Max output current: 0.4 A > Input connexion 230 V~ > Terminals: screw-type > Operating temperature: 0°C ÷ +55 °C

FO31WL

HP30WL

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARK

HP30WL

WL31 TWO-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

34

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

CR200 GSM WIRELESS SYSTEM

2016CATALOGUE 35

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

CR200 GSM WIRELESS SYSTEM

30-Zone GSM Voice & Digital Communicating & SMSA Modern, Effective and Versatile 30-zone Household Security System for the world’s Monitoring System alarm market is heralded by our CR200. It is packed with simple PLUG & PLAY functionality, with the design for easy installation and easily self-taught. Smart, sophisticated and safeguarded, CR 200 Plus certainly brings the most advanced Wireless Alarm System for you and your loved ones.

> Plug & play > Self-taught, smart features > Text zone naming > Fault-proof supervision.

Features: > Alarm reporting over GSM > Voice and Digital reporting and/or SMS message reporting > Communications protocol: Contact ID > SMS programming via a smartphone and keypad programming > Free App for the user to operate the system from a smartphone > 30 individually named and programmed zones to support 30 wireless sensors > Each zone can be programmed into different zone types with specific device attributes > First Installation Menu” on the LCD display to provide step-by-step installation instructions > Easy-to-operate LCD display of 32 backlit characters > Six reporting numbers > 20 event logs > Automatic check-in reports > Indicator of GSM signal strength > Tamper detection > Fault and status indicators > Compatible with Door Contact, PIR Motion Detector, Pet Immune PIR Motion Detector, Remote

Keypad, , Remote Controller, Smoke Detector, and Bell Box > Compliant with CE certification requirements

Technical features: > Radio communication method: FM > Frequency: 868MHz > Radio range: 200m > Power supply: AC Adapter > rechargeable Battery: 4.8V 600mAH NiMH > Batteries’ life: 10 hours (estimation) > Low battery indication: Yellow LED on + LCD fault display > Arm mode: Global / Partial > Maximum number of inputs (zones): 30 > Maximum number of radio sirens: 30 (included in wireless zones) > Maximum number of remote controls: 30 > Maximum number of keyboard: 30 > Maximum number of recordable events: 20 > Integrated alarm devices (buzzer): 95 dBA > Protections: Anti-jamming, anti-removal, anti-opening > Working temperature: -10°C ÷ +45°C > Case material: ABS707 > Dimensions (l x h x w): 209 x 136 x 34,2 mm

Control unit

KIT CR200 GSM+IR200+DC200+RC200 item no. 80KT1T00113CR200 GSM Control panel item no. 80WL4600113

CR200 GSM

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

36

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

Keypad

KP200 item no. 80KP8200113ABS backlit wireless keypadKP200 is a wireless, high tech, and durable remote keypad that allows you to control your security system from wherever it is deployed. It communicates with a Control Panel via radio wave, sending signals to “Arm”, “Home (Part) arm”, & “Disarm” the system. Safeguarded by a Tamper Proof Switch, protects the enclosure from being opened or removed from the mounting surface. Power conservation is another design feature; the Remote Keypad is powered by Lithium battery and consumes power only when in operation, thus ensuring long battery life.

> 16-button backlit keypad for easier night use > Power conservation that consumes power only when in operation > Low Battery detection > Tamper protection protects the enclosure from being opened or removed from its mounting

surface > IP44 Water Proof > Power: Lithium CR2450 battery x 1 > Battery life: > 2 years > Radio frequency: 868.35 Mhz > Range: over 300 meters in open space > Operating temperature: -20° to 50°C > Humidity: up to 95% non-condensing > Dimensions: 103 x 72 x 18 mm

Remote controls

RC200 item no. 80TX3800113Five-button remote controlRemote control with 5 keys and relating two-colour LEDS, totally managed by a microprocessor.All the operations associated with the keys (up to two per key) and with the LEDS can be programmed from the unit control.

> 4 Buttons for Arm / Disarm / Partial Arm & active Panic alarm for the security system > Water resistance with IP rating 41 > LED: 1, Transmission indicator > Low Battery detection > Power: Lithium CR2032 battery x 1 > Battery life: >2 years > Radio frequency : 868.35 MHz FM > Range: over 300 meters in open space > Operating temperature: -20° to 50°C > Humidity: up to 95% non-condensing > Dimensions: 65 x 38 x 15 mm

RC200

CR200 GSM WIRELESS SYSTEM

KP200

2016CATALOGUE 37

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Detectors

EIR200 item no. 80IR2C00113Exceptional Dual Lens & Sensors with interlaced horizontal beams plus proven 100% pet immunity of pets up to 75 cm / 60 kg

> The Outdoor PIR Motion Detector represents a breakthrough design from the traditional sense to a brand new vision of its definition. It is tailored to fit in the harsh environment of outdoor and features four levels of pet immune sensitivity

> The Dual Lens & Sensors together with its advanced Digitalized Adaptive Signal Processor (D.A.S.P.) algorithm provide remarkable detection sensitivity that eliminates the possibility of false alarms caused by small animals or other outdoor disturbances

> D.A.S.P. guarantees consistent sensitivity by automatic profile adjustments according to the environment’s Temperature & Lux, thus maintains sensitivity and delivers exceptional performance regardless of temperature fluctuations or lighti ng change interferences. In addition, a Four-Level Pet Immune Sensitivity provides an effective match for every installation scenario with a peace of mind, yet still protecting your premises and loved ones all year round

> Microprocessor controlled with advanced digitalized adaptive signal processor algorithm > Coverage: 40 sq. m > Installation angle is manually adjustable via a supplied rotating bracket (optional installation) > Pet Immune Sensitivity can be controlled via a DIP switch. Immunity levels of both background

environmental factor and pet are then adjusted accordingly > Four levels of Pet Immune Sensitivity are available: Low (75 cm / 60 kg), Medium (60 cm / 40 kg),

High (45 cm / 30 kg), and Superior (30 cm/20 kg) > Adjustable environment settings: choices of facing a wall or open space, facing a lawn or

concrete/stone ground > Auto Temperature & Lux Profile Adjustments – complex intelligent D.A.S.P. algorithm to

distinguish background environmental changes such as temperature and lighting and therefore avoiding false alarms

> Water resistance with IP rating 66 > Double protection of unauthorized sensor removal and opening/sabotage by both built-in Tilt &

Tamper Switches > Protection from: direct sunlight, wind, snow and rain, and small animals > Randomized supervision signals for trouble-free system integrity checking > Low battery detection > Superior white light noise rejection > Superior radio interference rejection of up to 20V/m at frequencies of 100 kHz to 2.7 GHz > Automatic power saving mechanism > Compact design > LED: fault & test mode indicator, and also doubles as Walk Test activation button > Power: Lithium AA batteries x 2 > Battery life: > 2 years > Radio frequency available: 868.35 MHz > Range: over 300 meters in open space > Operating temperature: -20° to 50°C > Humidity: up to 95% non-condensing

CR200 GSM WIRELESS SYSTEM

EIR 200

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

38

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

Detectors

IR200 item no. 80IR9B00113The Passive Infrared Motion Detector is a microprocessor controlled PIR DetectorIts advanced Digitalized Adaptive Signal Processor algorithm enables the PIR Detector to maintain a stable sensitivity level regardless of changes in its environment or outside interference.In addition, it is tamper-proof against opening of its enclosure and removal from its mounting surface, and sends regular supervision signals to check system integrity.

> Microprocessor Controlled with advanced Digitalized Adaptive Signal Processor algorithm > Surface and Corner mounting removal tamper protection > Randomized Supervision signals for trouble-free system integrity checking > Low Battery detection > Superior white light noise rejection > Detection range: 12 meters at 90° angle > Superior radio Interference rejection of up to 20V/m at frequencies of 100 KHz to 1 GHz > Automatic Power Saving Mechanism > Insect and dirt proof > Compact & low profile > Temperature compensated sensitivity control > Power: Alkaline AA batteries x 2 > Battery life: > 2 years > Radio frequency: 868.35 MHz > Range: over 300 meters in open space > Operating temperature: -20° to 50°C > Humidity: up to 95% non-condensing > Dimensions: 120 x 74 x 55 mm

DC200 item no. 80MM8000113Door ContactThe Door Contact offers not only reliable monitoring of your doors and windows for their “OPEN”& “CLOSE” status and to alert the System Control Unit of any irregular activities, but also aesthetic design for today’s modern homes. The built-in Extension Terminal allows it to be added to an existing wired sensor, thus makes it doubles as a Universal Transmitter.

> Simple design for easy mounting on door frame > Tamper protection protects the enclosure from being opened or removed from it’s mounting

surface > Randomized Supervision signals for trouble-free system integrity checking > Low Battery detection > Built-in Auxiliary Input Terminal for Enhanced Flexibility to add Wired Detectors > Built-in Reed Switch and External Contact can be used simultaneously > Powerful magnet that gives 30mm Space between the Door Contact and magnet > Built-in Extension Terminal for enhanced flexibility to add wired detectors > LED: Fault & Test Mode IndicatorDimension: 68 x148 x 50 mm > Power: Alkaline AAA batteries x 2 > Battery life: > 2 years > Radio frequency: 868.35 MHz > Range: over 300 meters in open space > Operating temperature: -20° to 50°C > Humidity: up to 95% non-condensing > Dimensions: 135 x 33 x 22 mm

DC200BR item no. 80MM8100113Same as DC200, but in brown

DC200

CR200 GSM WIRELESS SYSTEM

IR200

2016CATALOGUE 39

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Detectors

SD200 item no. 80SD8V00113Smoke Detector is a low profile and the smallest in size that ut ilizes the latest Optical Chambertechnology to free it from potentially harmful radioactive materials. It is micro-process controlledand offers 100% Reliability, Safety and Quality you can ever get

> Excellent stability with high sensitivity > Detection method: Reflective photoelectric sensor > Digital Signal Processing > Randomized supervision signals for trouble-free system integrity checking > Low Battery detection > Diagnostic function: a Test button for self-test including optical sensor diagnosis > Alarm silence function: 10 minutes per activation > Built-in siren for audio alert > Alarm Volume: 95 dB @ 1 meter > Power: Alkaline AAA x 4 > Battery life: > 2 years > Radio frequency: 868.35 MHz > Range: over 300 meters in open space > Operating temperature: -20° to 50°C > Humidity: up to 95% non-condensing > Dimensions: Ø105 X 42 mm

Sounders

HP200F item no. 80HP9800113 External sounderBattery-operated, completely wire-free operation with a 3-year battery life guarantee. HP200 is innovated with a sounder and strobe light for outdoor use to attract attention.You are free to choose one of the following two options for its application:a) Working as part of a wireless Home Security System. The Sounder receives signals sent from

the Control. Panel during alarm activation and responds by activating its siren & strobe light.b) Working as a local Security Alarm System. You can install up to 10 devices. Operation of the sy-

stem can be controlled by the Remote Controller or the Remote Keypad. Up on receiving signals directly sent from a detector that is triggered, the Sounder responds by activating its siren & strobe light.

> Waterproof & UV Proof with IP rating 43 > Battery operated with life expectancy of > 3 years in a typical domestic environment > Low Battery detection > Tamper protection protects the enclosure from being opened or removed from its mounting

surface > Jamming Detection to protect from unauthorized interference > System Status Indicator with siren beeps and strobe light > Automatic Siren Cut-Off at selectable durations of 3 / 5 / 10 minutes > Strobe Light Control can be selectable between Auto Cut-off or Manual Cut-off > Power: Alkaline D batteries x 4 > Battery life: > 2 years > Siren output: 104dB @ 1 meter > Radio frequency: 868.35 MHz FM > Range: over 300 meters in open space > Operating temperature: -20° to 50°C > Humidity: up to 95% non-condensing > Dimensions: 257 x 220 x 69 mm

IS200 item no. 80HP9900113Indoor sounderBattery-operated, completely wire-free operation with a 3-year battery life guarantee. IS200 is equipped with a sounder for indoor use to attract attention. Battery life expectancy of 3+ years in a typical domestic environment.

> Waterproof & UV Proof with IP rating 43, Low Battery detection, Tamper protection, System status indicator, auto cut-off 3/5/10 minutes, alkaline D batteries x 4, 104db 104dB @ 1 meter, Radio frequency 868.35 MHz, over 300 meters of range in open space, operating temperature from -20° to 50°, humidity: up to 95% non-condensing, dimensions: 228 x 113 x 54 mm

SD200

CR200 GSM WIRELESS SYSTEM

HP200F

IS200

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

40

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

MR16 TWO-WAY WIRELESS INTERFACE

2016CATALOGUE 41

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

MR16

MR16 TWO-WAY WIRELESS INTERFACE

The MR16 wireless module can manage up to: > 16 devices, including: opening detectors, volumetric sensors > 2 sirens (for indoor and/or outdoor use) > 8 remote controls.

Wireless module interface

MR16 item no.80IT1900111 > Communication technology: two-way wireless communication > Wireless communication mode: FSK > Frequency: 868.35 MHz > Wireless range: up to 100 m in open air > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Max. current absorption (with relays excited and LEDs on): 100 mA > Outputs:

- 8 solid-state relays for device status- 3 solid-state relays for tamper and low battery- 2 solid-state relays for activated/deactivated status

> Inputs: - 1 wireless siren control- 1 activation/deactivation control

> Visual warnings:- 16 device status- 5 system status

> 1 buzzer > Selection pushbutton > Programming: DIP switch > Anti-opening protection: anti-tamper > Dimensions (W x H x D): 180 x 137 x 40 mm

The MR16 wireless module allows to add wireless devices to a wired system, even if the system is not designed to manage wireless devices. It can be connected to the inputs and outputs of any wired control unit and manage several wireless devices to expand the existing system. Wireless communication with all devices is of the two-way type, with anti-jamming protection and controlled by the supervision function. The MR16 module can be programmed and customised to suit individual needs, while the status of each sensor is displayed with several LEDs.The MR16 wireless module is connected to and powered by the wired control unit, while wireless devices are powered by lithium batteries.

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

42

INTRUSION DETECTION

WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEMS

Remote control

RC500 item no. 80TX3900113Remote control

> Communication technology: two-way wireless communication > Wireless communication mode: FSK > Frequency: 868.35 MHz > Wireless range: up to 100 m in open air > Power supply: 1 CR2032 type 3 V lithium battery > Battery life: 2 years under normal operating conditions > Dimensions (W x H x D): 38 x 65 x 15 mm

Micro contact

DC500 item no. 80MM0500113Magnetic contact

> Communication technology: two-way wireless communication > Wireless communication mode: FSK > Frequency: 868.35 MHz > Wireless range: up to 100 m in open air > Power supply: 3.6 V 1/2 AA lithium battery > Battery life: 2 years under normal operating conditions > Auxiliary inputs: 1 for external contact or roller shutter > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Dimensions (W x H x D) of microcontact: 32 x 107 x 22 mm; magnet: 8 x 57 x 11 mm

DC500-BR item no. 80MM8800113 > Same features as previous model, but in brown colour

Infrared detector

IR500 item no. 80IR3C00113 Passive infrared detector

> Communication technology: two-way wireless communication > Wireless communication mode: FSK > Frequency: 868.35 MHz > Wireless range: up to 100 m in open air > Power supply: 3.6 V AA lithium battery > Battery life: 2 years under normal operating conditions > IR range: 12 m at 2 m height > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Includes articulated joint > Dimensions (W x H x D): 64 x 90 x 42 mm

RC500

DC500

IR500

MR16 TWO-WAY WIRELESS INTERFACE

2016CATALOGUE 43

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Sirens

IS500 item no. 80HP2A00113Indoor siren

> Communication technology: two-way wireless communication > Wireless communication mode: FSK > Frequency: 868.35 MHz > Wireless range: up to 100 m in open air > Power supply: 4 x 1.5 V type D alkaline batteries > Battery life: 2 years under normal operating conditions > Sound power: 104 dB at 1 m > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Dimensions (W x H x D): 113 x 228 x 54 mm

HP500 item no. 80HP3A00113Outdoor siren with strobe light

> Communication technology: two-way wireless communication > Wireless communication mode: FSK > Frequency: 868.35 MHz > Wireless range: up to 100 m in open air > Power supply: 4 x 1.5 V type D alkaline batteries > Battery life: 2 years under normal operating conditions > Sound power: 104 dB at 1 m > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Dimensions (W x H x D): 220 x 257 x 69 mm

SI500

HP500

MR16 TWO-WAY WIRELESS INTERFACE

WIR

ELES

S SY

STEM

S

>VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS44

2016CATALOGUE 45

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>46

>52 >56 >58 >60

INFRARED

DUAL TECHNOLOGY

MICROWAVE

CAMERA DETECTORS

OUTDOOR DETECTORS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS46

A new series of detectorsElkron offers a complete range of volumetric detectors. This range also includes the new IRA IMA detector series featuring the best anti-intrusion technology to meet all installation needs. A smart and unique series offering a complete and well structured range of products, combining different technologies into the same design and integrating them into a single offer.The series includes passive infrared as well as dual-technology (infrared plus micro wave) models, and features cutting-edge Extravision® detectors with three-function lens, also available in infrared or dual-technology version.This range offers integration of the best anti-tamper technologies within the same attractive appearance, guaranteeing top performance levels and making it easy to design complete systems, ranging from a small flat to the most sophisticated and complex installation. Moreover, all detectors feature the new patented articulated joint. A new design for top performance.

IRA seriesThe IRA series is a family of passive infrared detectors equipped with different types of lens.Several models use the traditional cylindrical lens detection system, while other models rely on the three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens patented by Elkron. This lens features a very high density and 3 selectable covered ranges (volumetric, long range, curtain). Its uniform sensitivity lenses allow to obtain a detection range independent of intruder distance or position within covered range.

Extravision® hemispherical lens

THE COVERAGE FIELD IS EASILY SELECTABLE BY TURNING THE LENS BY 120°

120°OPERATINGAREA

VOLUMETRICLENS

CURTAINLENS

LENSLONG RANGE

SPA10 JOINT

> Wall-mounted or ceiling-mounted

> Wire internal passage

> anti-removal protection (optional)

INFRARED DETECTORSA COMPLETE RANGE OF VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS

2016CATALOGUE 47

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Analogue infrared detector with three-function EXTRAVISION® lens

IRA 12 item no. 80IR4B00211Passive infrared detector equipped with three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens.High-density lens with three selectable coverage fields (volumetric, long-range, curtain) where the uniform sensitivity lenses allow detection regardless of the intruder’s distance or position inside the coverage field (Elkron patent).

> Range - 12 m rated (volumetric lens)- 12 m rated (curtain lens)- 20 m rated (long range lens)

> IR coverage:- 90° (volumetric lens)- 6° (curtain lens)- 6° (long range lens)

> Sensitive zones:- 23 on 5 levels + 2 creep-zones (volumetric lens)- 1 on 1 level + 1 creep-zone (curtain lens)- 7 on 5 levels + 1 creep-zone (long range lens)

> Protected P.I.R.: The PIR sensitive element is completely protected against disturbances due to insects and/or air draughts which might generate false alarms.

> Halogen light protection: The lens colouring prevents false alarms should the sensitive element be hit by white light rays

> Alarm memory: In case of detection (when the system is on), the detector LED comes on steady to indicate activation of the alarm memory.

> Stand-by control: Through this input the detector is informed on the system status (on or off). Therefore, it is possible to program the detector so that this information can control the alarm relay and LED activation/deactivation.

> Alarm relay inhibition: Possibility of programming the alarm output so that it is inhibited when the detector is in “stand-by” mode

> The detector features an automatic temperature adjustment function, which adapts the detection sensitivity to the different environmental conditions

> Walk test: The detector operation is signalled by the LED coming on (can be excluded) > Min - max operating voltage: 9 – 15 Vdc > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Absorption at 12 Vdc: 11 mA rated: 17 mA max > Pulse count: X1/X2 > Alarm relay: solid state relay - NC 100 mA @ 24 Vdc Rmax = 35 ohm > Anti-tamper device: 50 mA @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature: -10 °C / +55 °C (declared by the manufacturer) +5°C ÷ +40°C (certified according to IEC standards)

> Performance level: 1st level / 2nd level with SPA10 articulated joint and Tamper Kit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 85 x 70 x 50 mm. Weight: 80 g

VOLUMETRIC LENS

LONG RANGE LENS

CURTAIN LENS

IRA 12

IRA SERIES INFRARED DETECTORS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IRA 12

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS48

Analogue infrared detector with cylindrical Fresnel Lens

IRA 13 item no. 80IR6100211Passive infrared detector equipped with interchangeable cylindrical Fresnel lens. The Fresnel® volumetric lens supplied as standard can be replaced with a curtain lens or long-range lens, optional.For installations at heights different from 2.1 metres it is possible to adjust the pyroelectric detector position by moving the printed circuit board up or down.

> Range:- 12 m rated (volumetric lens)- 12 m rated (curtain lens)- 20 m rated (long range lens)

> IR coverage: 108° (volumetric lens) > Sensitive zones:

- 31 on 4 levels (volumetric lens)- 1 on 1 level (curtain lens)- 7 on 4 levels (long range lens)

> Protected P.I.R.: The PIR sensitive element is completely protected against disturbances due to insects and/or air draughts which might generate false alarms.

> Halogen light protection: the lens colouring prevents false alarms should the sensitive element be hit by white light rays.

> Alarm memory: in case of detection (when the system is on), the detector LED comes on steady to indicate activation of the alarm memory.

> Stand-by control: through this input the detector is informed on the system status (on or off). Therefore, it is possible to program the detector so that this information can control the alarm relay and LED activation/deactivation.

> Alarm relay inhibition: Possibility of programming the alarm output so that it is inhibited when the detector is in “stand-by” mode.

> The detector features an automatic temperature adjustment function, which adapts the detection sensitivity to the different environmental conditions.

> Walk test: the detector operation is signalled by the LED coming on (can be excluded). > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Min - max operating voltage: 9 – 15 Vdc > Absorption at 12 Vdc: 11 mA rated: 17 mA max > Pulse count: X1/X2 > Alarm relay: solid state relay - NC 100 mA @ 24 Vdc Rmax = 35 ohm > Anti-tamper device: 50 mA @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature: -10 °C / +55 °C (declared by the manufacturer) +5°C ÷ +40°C (certified according to IEC standards)

> Performance level: 1st level / 2nd level with SPA10 articulated joint and Tamper Kit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 85 x 70 x 54 mm > Weight: 80 g

IRA 13

LONG RANGE LENS

CURTAIN LENS

IRA SERIES INFRARED DETECTORS

VOLUMETRIC LENS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IRA 13

2016CATALOGUE 49

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

CURTAIN LENS

Digital infrared detector with three-function EXTRAVISION® lens

IRA 14 item no. 80IR7B00211Passive infrared detector with digital signal processing equipped with three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens.High-density lens with three selectable coverage fields (volumetric, long-range, curtain) where the uniform sensitivity lenses allow detection regardless of the intruder’s distance or position inside the coverage field (Elkron patent).

> Range:- 12 / 15 m rated (volumetric lens)- 12 / 15 m rated (curtain lens)- 18 / 25 m rated (long range lens)

> IR coverage:- 90° (volumetric lens)- 6° (curtain lens)- 6° (long range lens)

> Sensitive zones:- 23 on 5 levels + 2 creep-zones (volumetric lens)- 1 on 1 level + 1 creep-zone (curtain lens)- 7 on 5 levels + 1 creep-zone (long range lens)

> Protected P.I.R.: The PIR sensitive element is completely protected against disturbances due to insects and/or air draughts which might generate false alarms.

> Halogen light protection: the lens colouring prevents false alarms should the sensitive element be hit by white light rays.

> Alarm memory: in case of detection (when the system is on), the detector LED comes on steady to indicate activation of the alarm memory.

> Malfunction status display: the detector detects infrared section malfunctions and displays them with a flashing LED.

> Stand-by control: Through this input the detector is informed on the system status (on or off). Therefore, it is possible to program the detector so that this information can control the alarm relay and LED activation/deactivation.

> Alarm relay inhibition: Possibility of programming the alarm output so that it is inhibited when the detector is in “stand-by” mode.

> Sensitivity adjustment: the detector sensitivity can be adjusted on two levels. > Automatic temperature compensation: The detector features two-direction automatic compensation, i.e., when the environment temperature increases and approaches human body temperature, the actuation threshold is lowered, while, when the environment temperature becomes higher than human body temperature, the threshold rises.

> Walk test: the detector operation is signalled by the LED coming on (can be excluded). > Pre-alarm function: the approaching of the alarm threshold is indicated by a flashing LED. When the threshold is reached the LED goes steady on.

> Min - max operating voltage: 9 – 15 Vdc > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Absorption at 12 Vdc: 10.5 mA rated: 13 mA max > Pulse count: X1/X2 > Alarm relay: solid state relay - NC 100 mA @ 24 Vdc/Rmax = 35 ohm. > Anti-tamper device: 50 mA @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature: -10 °C / +55 °C (declared by the manufacturer) +5°C ÷ +40°C (certified according to IEC standards)

> Performance level: 1st level / 2nd level with SPA10 articulated joint and Tamper Kit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 85 x 70 x 50 mm > Weight: 80 g

IRA 14

IRA SERIES INFRARED DETECTORS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IRA 14

LONG RANGE LENS

VOLUMETRIC LENS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS50

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IRA 15P

Digital detector with cylindrical Fresnel Lens

IRA 15P item no. 80IR6B00211Passive infrared detector with digital signal processing equipped with cylindrical Fresnel lens

> Pet immunity: the detector can be programmed (with jumper) to detect animals with weight below 18KG (range 15m) or below 35KG (range 12m)

> Range: 12 / 15 m rated > IR coverage: 88.5° > Sensitive zones: 52 on 11 levels > Protected P.I.R.: The PIR sensitive element is completely protected against disturbances due to insects and/or air draughts which might generate false alarms

> Halogen light protection: the lens colouring prevents false alarms should the sensitive element be hit by white light rays

> Alarm memory In case of detection (when the system is on), the detector LED comes on steady to indicate activation of the alarm memory

> Malfunction status display: the detector detects infrared section malfunctions and displays them with a flashing LED

> Stand-by control: through this input the detector is informed on the system status (on or off). Therefore, it is possible to program the detector so that this information can control the alarm relay and LED activation/deactivation

> Alarm relay inhibition: Possibility of programming the alarm output so that it is inhibited when the detector is in “stand-by” mode

> Automatic temperature compensation: The detector features two-direction automatic compensation, i.e., when the environment temperature increases and approaches human body temperature, the actuation threshold is lowered, while, when the environment temperature becomes higher than human body temperature, the threshold rises.

> Walk test: the detector operation is signalled by the LED coming on (can be excluded) > Pre-alarm function: the approaching of the alarm threshold is indicated by a flashing LED. When the threshold is reached the LED goes steady on.

> Min - max operating voltage: 9 – 15 Vdc > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Absorption at 12 Vdc: 10.5 mA rated; 13 mA max > Pulse count: X1/X2 > Alarm relay: solid state relay NC 100 mA @ 24 Vdc/Rmax = 35 ohm > Anti-tamper device: 50 mA @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature: -10 °C / +55 °C (declared by the manufacturer) +5°C ÷ +40°C (certified according to IEC standards)

> Performance level: 1st level / 2nd level with SPA10 articulated joint and Tamper Kit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 85 x 70 x 54 mm > Weight: 80 g

IRA 15P

IRA SERIES INFRARED DETECTORS

VOLUMETRIC LENS

2016CATALOGUE 51

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Accessories for IMA/IRA detectors

SPA10/10 item no. 80SP7500111Adjustable joint for IRA - IMA series detectors. Patented.

> Wall-mounted or ceiling-mounted > Wire internal passage > Anti-removal protection (optional)

TAMPER KIT SPA10 item no. 80KT7800111Tamper devices to be applied to SPA10 joints for anti-removal protection

2 VB 1.2 G1V1 LENS KIT item no. 80LT1310111Curtain lens for IRA/IMA series

2 LR 1.2 G1 12V1 LENS KITS item no. 80LT1410111Long range lens for IRA/IMA series

IR 915 VDS item no. 80IR7A00211Passive infrared detector equipped with three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens.

> Range: 15 m (wide angle lens), 15 m (curtain lens), 25 m (long range lens) > Coverage: 90° (wide angle lens), 6° (curtain lens), 120° (long range lens) > Sensitive zones: 20 on 3 levels + 2/creep-zone (wide angle lens), 1 on 1 level + 1/creep-zone

(curtain lens), 7 on 5 levels + 1/creep-zone (long range lens) > CREEP-ZONE detection, Optics with uniform sensitivity rays, Halogen light shielding, Protected

optics, Custom badge, Wall / corner mounting without joint, Joint (option) with complete anti-tamper protection, Rear wire channels, Cover screw type mounting, Surface mounting devices, DUAL PIR detector, Microprocessor management, AUTOEQUALIZER® function, Impulse count x1/x2 , Automatic temperature compensation, DUAL EDGE function, Double digital filter, Environmental noise test, Self testing with “OUT OF ORDER” visualization, Masked alarm memory

> Rated voltage: 12 Vdc > Consumption: at 12 Vdc 19 mA rated > Operating temperature: -10° C ÷ + 55° C > Dimensions (hxwxd): 100x70x53 mm > Weight: 95 gr > Certified NF-A2P Type 2

IR 918 AM item no. 80IR8A00211Antimasking passive infrared detector equipped with three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens.

> Range: 18 m (wide angle lens) > Coverage: 90° (wide angle lens) > Sensitive zones: 20 on 3 levels + 2/creep-zone (wide angle lens), 1 on 1 level + 1/creep-zone

(curtain lens), 7 on 5 levels + 1/creep-zone (long range lens) > Rated voltage: 12 Vdc > Consumption: at 12 Vdc 19 mA rated > Operating temperature: -10° C ÷ + 55° C > Dimensions (hxwxd): 100x70x53 mm > Weight: 95 gr > Certified NF-A2P Type 2

Accessories for 900 series detectors

SP900/10 item no. 80SP5900111Adjustable joint for 900 series detectors

TAMPER KIT item no. 80KT5000111Tamper device to be applied to SP900 joints for anti-removal protection

SPA10/10

INFRARED DETECTORS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS52

A new series of detectorsElkron offers a complete range of volumetric detectors. This range also includes the new IRA IMA detector series featuring the best anti-intrusion technology to meet all installation needs.A smart and unique series offering a complete and well structured range of products, combining different technologies into the same design and integrating them into a single offer.The series includes passive infrared as well as dual-technology (infrared plus micro wave) models, and features cutting-edge Extravision® detectors with three-function lens, also available in infrared or dual-technology version.This range offers integration of the best anti-tamper technologies within the same attractive appearance, guaranteeing top performance levels and making it easy to design complete systems, ranging from a small flat to the most sophisticated and complex installation.Moreover, all detectors feature the new patented articulated joint. A new design for top performance.

IMA SeriesThis dual-technology series offers the best infrared and microwave technologies, combined and enhanced to the state of the art in terms of coverage and protection. The series includes models with cylindrical Fresnel lens or three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens.Passive infrared technology is sensitive to the heat of human body and signals its presence as it intercepts invisible rays, which consist of projections of each lens element into the protected area. Microwave technology relies on the Doppler effect to detect movement. This technology is not sensitive to environment temperature. The detectors of this series feature an AUTOEQUALIZER® function, which enables a dynamic adaptation of the alarm threshold and optimises its detection conditions, a necessity in environments with a significant level of disturbance. Dual-technology detectors combine passive infrared technology with microwave technology, exploiting their respective peculiarities and reducing false alarms to zero. In fact, an alarm is triggered only if both detectors confirm it. The models are small-sized, so as to perfectly integrate into any environment.

DUAL-TECHNOLOGY DETECTORSA COMPLETE RANGE OF VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS

SPA10 JOINT

> Wall-mounted or ceiling-

mounted

> Wire internal passage

> anti-removal protection (optional)

Extravision® hemispherical lens

THE COVERAGE FIELD IS EASILY SELECTABLE BY TURNING THE LENS BY 120°

120°OPERATINGAREA

VOLUMETRICLENS

CURTAINLENS

LONGRANGE LENS

2016CATALOGUE 53

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Dual-Technology detector with three-function EXTRAVISION® Lens

IMA12 item no. 80IM3000211, IMQ FREQUENCY 10.525 GhzIMA12 item no. 80IM3000311, NF A2P FREQUENCY 9.9 GhzDual-technology detector equipped with three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens

> High-density lens with three selectable coverage fields (volumetric, long-range, curtain) where the uniform sensitivity lenses allow detection regardless of the intruder’s distance or position inside the coverage field (Elkron patent).

> Range:- 12 m rated (volumetric lens)- 12 m rated (curtain lens)- 12 m rated (long range lens)

> IR Coverage:- 90° (volumetric lens)- 6° (long range lens and curtain lens)

> MW Coverage:- 90° horizontal - 36° vertical

> Sensitive zones:- 23 on 5 levels + 2 creep-zones (volumetric lens)- 1 on 1 level + 1 creep-zone (curtain lens)- 7 on 5 levels + 1 creep-zone (long range lens)

> Protected P.I.R.: the PIR sensitive element is completely protected against disturbances due to insects and/or air draughts which might generate false alarms.

> Halogen light protection: the lens colouring prevents false alarms should the sensitive element be hit by white light rays.

> Autoequalizer function: The detector MW section features an AUTOEQUALIZER function for a dynamic adaptation of alarm thresholds.

> Operation logics: Two operating modes are possible: AND1: the alarm is triggered only if both IR and MW sections are energized; AND2: the alarm is triggered only if both IR and MW sections are energized, or if the MW section is energized for several seconds.

> Stand-by control: through this input the detector is informed on the system status (on or off). Therefore, it is possible to program the detector so that this information can control the alarm relay and LED activation/deactivation.

> Alarm relay inhibition: possibility of programming the alarm output so that it is inhibited when the detector is in “stand-by” mode

> Automatic temperature compensation: the detector features two-direction automatic compensation, i.e., when the environment temperature increases and approaches human body temperature, the actuation threshold is lowered, while, when the environment temperature becomes higher than human body temperature, the threshold rises.

> Microwave emission inhibition: the detector in stand-by mode (system off) inhibits the emission generated by the microwave section.

> Malfunction memory: The detector can detect malfunction situations and display the type of malfunction with flashing LEDs

> Min - max operating voltage: 9 – 15 Vdc > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Absorption at 12 Vdc: 14 mA rated: 35 mA max > Infrared section pulse counter: X1/X2 > Alarm relay: solid state relay - NC 100 mA @ 24 Vdc/Rmax = 35 ohm > Anti-tamper device: 50 mA @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature: -10 °C / +55 °C (declared by the manufacturer) +5°C ÷ +40°C (certified according to IEC standards)

> Performance level: 1st level / 2nd level with SPA10 articulated joint and Tamper Kit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 124 x 70 x 50 mm > Weight: 124 g

IMA 12

IMA SERIES DUAL-TECHNOLOGY DETECTORS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IMA12

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS54

Dual-Technology detector with interchangeable cylindrical Fresnel® lens

IMA13 item no. 80IM3100211, IMQ FREQUENCY 10.525 GhzIMA13 item no. 80IM3100311, NF A2P FREQUENCY 9.9 GhzDual-technology detector with interchangeable cylindrical Fresnel lens.

> Inclination of sensitive rays: for installations at heights different from 2.1 metres it is possible to adjust the pyroelectric detector position by moving the printed circuit board up or down.

> Interchangeable lens: The Fresnel volumetric lens supplied as standard can be replaced with a curtain lens or long-range lens, optional.

> Range:- 15 m rated (volumetric lens)- 15 m rated (curtain lens)- 15 m rated (long range lens)

> IR Coverage:- 108° (volumetric lens)

> MW Coverage:- 90° horizontal - 36° vertical

> Sensitive zones:- 31 on 4 levels (volumetric lens)- 1 on 1 level (curtain lens)- 7 on 4 levels (long range lens)

> Protected P.I.R.: the PIR sensitive element is completely protected against disturbances due to insects and/or air draughts which might generate false alarms.

> Halogen light protection: the lens colouring prevents false alarms should the sensitive element be hit by white light rays.

> Autoequalizer function: The detector MW section features an AUTOEQUALIZER function for a dynamic adaptation of alarm thresholds.

> Operation logics: Two operating modes are possible: AND1: the alarm is triggered only if both IR and MW sections are energized; AND2: the alarm is triggered only if both IR and MW sections are energized, or if the MW section is energized for several seconds.

> Stand-by control: through this input the detector is informed on the system status (on or off). Therefore, it is possible to program the detector so that this information can control the alarm relay and LED activation/deactivation.

> Alarm relay inhibition: possibility of programming the alarm output so that it is inhibited when the detector is in “stand-by” mode.

> Automatic temperature compensation: the detector features two-direction automatic compensation, i.e., when the environment temperature increases and approaches human body temperature, the actuation threshold is lowered, while, when the environment temperature becomes higher than human body temperature, the threshold rises.

> Microwave emission inhibition: the detector in stand-by mode (system off) inhibits the emission generated by the microwave section.

> Malfunction memory: The detector can detect malfunction situations and display the type of malfunction with flashing LEDs

> Min - max operating voltage: 9 – 15 Vdc > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Absorption at 12V— : 14 mA rated; 35 mA max > Pulse count: X1/X2 > Alarm relay: solid state relay - NC 100 mA @ 24 Vdc/Rmax = 35 ohm > Anti-tamper device: 50 mA @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature: -10 °C / +55 °C (declared by the manufacturer) +5°C ÷ +40°C (certified according to IEC standards)

> Performance level: 1st level / 2nd level with SPA10 articulated joint and Tamper Kit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 124 x 70 x 54 mm > Weight: 124 g

IMA 13

IMA SERIES DUAL-TECHNOLOGY DETECTORS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IMA13

2016CATALOGUE 55

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Dual-Technology detector with antimasking

IMA15 item no. 80IM3200211, IMQ FREQUENCY 10.525 GhzIMA15 item no. 80IM3200311, NF A2P FREQUENCY 9.9 GhzDual-technology detector with antimasking and interchangeable cylindrical Fresnel lens.

> Inclination of sensitive rays: for installations at heights different from 2.1 metres it is possible to adjust the pyroelectric detector position by moving the printed circuit board up or down.

> Interchangeable lens: the Fresnel volumetric lens supplied as standard can be replaced with a curtain lens or long-range lens, optional.

> Range:- 15 m rated (volumetric lens)- 15 m rated (curtain lens)- 30 m rated (IR section, OR logic - long range lens)

> IR Coverage:- 108° (volumetric lens)

> MW coverage: 90° horizontal - 36° vertical > Sensitive zones:

- 31 on 4 levels (volumetric lens)- 1 on 1 level (curtain lens)- 7 on 4 levels (long range lens)

> Protected P.I.R.: the PIR sensitive element is completely protected against disturbances due to insects and/or air draughts which might generate false alarms.

> Halogen light protection: the lens colouring prevents false alarms should the sensitive element be hit by white light rays.

> Antimasking function: The detector identifies the masking condition both on the microwave section and, as a deduction, on the infrared section.

> Autoequalizer function: The detector MW section features an AUTOEQUALIZER function for a dynamic adaptation of alarm thresholds.

> Operation logics: Two operating modes are possible. AND: the alarm is triggered only if both IR and MW sections are energized; OR: the alarm is triggered if at least one section is energized.

> Stand-by control: through this input the detector is informed on the system status (on or off). Therefore, it is possible to program the detector so that this information can control the alarm relay and LED activation/deactivation.

> Synchronisation function: this function makes it possible to install up to 4 sensors in one single environment preventing mutual interferences of the microwave sections.

> Alarm relay inhibition: possibility of programming the alarm output so that it is inhibited when the detector is in “stand-by” mode

> Automatic temperature compensation: the detector features two-direction automatic compensation, i.e., when the environment temperature increases and approaches human body temperature, the actuation threshold is lowered, while, when the environment temperature becomes higher than human body temperature, the threshold rises.

> Malfunction memory: The detector can detect malfunction situations and display the type of malfunction with flashing LEDs

> Min - max operating voltage: 9 – 15 Vdc > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Absorption at 12 VDC: 18 mA rated; 38.5 mA max > Infrared section pulse counter: X1/X2 > Alarm relay: solid state relay NC 100 mA @ 24 Vdc/Rmax = 35 ohm > Anti-tamper device: 50 mA @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature: -10 °C / +55 °C (declared by the manufacturer) +5°C ÷ +40°C (certified according to IEC standards)

> Performance level: 1st level / 2nd level with SPA10 articulated joint and Tamper Kit > Dimensions (H x W x D): 124 x 70 x 54 mm > Weight: 124 g

IMA 15AM

IMA SERIES DUAL-TECHNOLOGY DETECTORS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

IMA15AM

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS56

Dual-technology detector with three-function EXTRAVISION® lens

IM915AM item no. 80IM2600211Dual-technology detector with three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens

> Range: 15 m rated (volumetric lens), 15 m rated (curtain lens), 25 m rated (long range lens) > IR coverage: 90° (volumetric lens) > MW coverage: 90° horizontal - 36° vertical > Sensitive zones: 23 on 5 levels + 2 creep-zones (volumetric lens) > Creep-zone detection > QUAD PIR sensor, double antimasking function > Adjustable PIR range > AND/OR operation > Autoequalizer Function > Pulse count. Automatic temperature compensation > Double digital filter > Supply voltage: 9 ÷ 15 Vdc > Absorption at rest: 25 mA > Operating temperature: -10°C/+55°C > Performance level: 3rd > Dimensions (H x W x D): 138 x 74 x 53 mm > Weight: 124 g

IM915 VDS item no. 80IM2502211Double technology detector equipped with three-function Extravision® hemispherical Fresnel lens.

> Infrared Range: 12 m nom. ( wide angle lens ), 12 m nom. (curtain lens ), 12 m nom. (long range lens )

> Infrared Field of View: 90 ° ( wide angle lens ) > Infrared Coverage: 3 selectable fields of coverage > Infrared Sensitive zones: 20 at 3 levels (wide angle lens) + 2 creep-zones, 1 at 1 level ( curtain

lens ) + 1 creep-zone, 7 at 5 levels ( long range lens ) + 1 creep-zone > Microwave Range Reg. with trimmer from 20 % to 100 % (12 m) > Microwave technology: DRSO oscillator with Planar Antennas > Microwave Frequency: 9,35 GHz > Microwave Emission: Pulsed > Microwave Coverage: 90° horizontal – 36° vertical > Pulse count : x1, x2 ( programmable ) > Infrared sensor: PIR DUAL > Walk Test LED; Red Led: Alarm, Alarm Memory, Fault. Green Led: Infrared Section. Orange

Led: Microwave Section > Operation: AND > Anti tamper (SPST ) : NC, 50 mA – 24 V— > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Operating voltage: 9 -:-15 Vdc > Absorption at 12 Vdc : 19 mA typ ( Normal operation ), 36 mA max ( Alarm with leds on) > Operating temperature : from -10°C to + 55°C – VdS Environmental class II > Degree of protection of cover: IP 30 IK02 > Size ( h x l x w ) : 138 x 74 x 53 mm > Weight : 160 gr. > VdS approvalV: VdS Class B – Nr. G 101501 > This equipment may be operated in: DE > Operation: AND. Warning LEDs: separate for each section > Supply voltage: 10.5 ÷ 14 Vdc > Absorption at rest: 32 mA > Dimensions without support: 100 x 95 x 60 mm

IM 915AM

DUAL-TECHNOLOGY AND MICROWAVE DETECTORS

2016CATALOGUE 57

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

IM915 AM VDS item no. 80IM2602211Antimasking Double technology detector equipped with three-function Extravision ® hemispherical Fresnel lens.

> As IM915 but with the following additional functions:• Infrared Range: 15 m nom. ( wide angle lens ), 15 m nom. (curtain lens ), 15 m nom. (AND -

long range lens), 25 m nom. (OR - long range lens)• Anti-masking function (PATENTED): the P.I.R. sensor is provided with 2 antiblinding, anti-

masking systems which are active simultaneously• Walk Test LED; Red Led: Alarm, Alarm Memory, Fault. Yellow Led (FAULT: Masking/Fault• VdS registration: VdS Class C – Nr. G 106076

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

DUAL-TECHNOLOGY AND MICROWAVE DETECTORS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS58

DUAL-TECHNOLOGY AND MICROWAVE DETECTORS

IM29CPU

MW21PD

Dual-Technology detector with Fresnel® lens

IM29CPU item no. 80IM1800111 > Dual-technology detector with Fresnel lens > Global range: 13/25 m programmable > Microwave coverage: 70° horizontal, 70° vertical > Sensitive zones: 20 on 3 levels > Main frequency: in accordance with national frequencies > Autoequalizer function: variable MW thresholds in relation to environmental noise > Microwave section sensitivity: adjustable in 4 steps > Infrared section sensitivity: adjustable in 2 steps > Alarm memory: standard > Operation: AND. Warning LEDs: separate for each section > Supply voltage: 10.5 ÷ 14 Vdc > Absorption at rest: 32 mA > Dimensions without support: 100 x 95 x 60 mm

Microwave Detector

MW21PD item no. 80MW1100211 > Microwave detector with antimasking > Range: 30 m. Adjustable with anti-tamper device > Coverage: 70° horizontal, 70° vertical > Main frequency: in accordance with national frequencies > Supply voltage: 10.5 ÷ 14 Vdc > Absorption: 18mA rated > Dimensions without support (W x H x D): 100x80x60 mm > Compliant with NF-A2P Type 3 (ID version)

2016CATALOGUE 59

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

TC12 item no. 80TC8P00133Indoor WIFI IP camera with 3.6mm integrated lens, PIR sensor, IR CUT Filter and IR Led

> Video compression H.264 / MJPEG > HD 720p at 30 fps > Night vision IR LEDs > 3.6-mm integrated lens > Mechanical filter > Micro SD Slot (max. 32 GB) > Two-way audio (speak/listen function) > Alarm In/Out > Integrated PIR movement sensor > Motion Detector > WI-FI 11n with integrated antenna / WPS > Plug & Play > No router configuration required if used in ELKRON CLOUD environment

TC14 item no. 80TC8Q00133Indoor WIFI IP mini dome camera with 3.6mm integrated lens, IR CUT Filter and IR Led

> Video compression H.264 / MJPEG > HD 720p at 30 fps > Night vision IR LEDs > 3.6-mm integrated lens > Mechanical filter > Micro SD Slot max. 32 GB (SD not included) > Two-way audio (speak/listen function) > Alarm In/Out > Motion Detector > WI-FI 11n – with Nano Dongle USB > PoE 802.3af > Plug & Play > No router configuration required if used in ELKRON CLOUD environment

TC16 item no. 80TC8R00133Compact IP WIFI D&N camera with 2.8-12mm integrated lens, IR CUT filter and IR Led

> Video compression H.264 / MJPEG > HD 720p at 30 fps > Night vision IR LEDs > 2.8-12mm integrated lenses > Mechanical filter > Micro SD Slot (max. 32GB) > Audio In/Out > Alarm In/Out > Motion Detector > WI-FI 11n with integrated antenna > PoE 802.3af > Plug & Play > No router configuration required if used in ELKRON CLOUD environment

IP CAMERAS

TC14

TC16

TC12

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS

VOLUMETRIC DETECTORS60

DT16 item no. 80IM3700113Double-technology outdoor detector, BLIND protection, anti-masking function.Suitable for perimeter protection of your house. We advice to install it with the proper accessories (bracket or articulation)

> Power supply: 12 VDC > Range: 8 mt > MW & PIR double technology > Absorption: 20 mA > Micro-wave: 24 Ghz > Infrared lens anti-masking > Crossing function > AND operation > Temperature balancing > Response time: 3 sec. > Operating temperature: -10 ° + 55°C > Tampering: 100 mA at 30V > Protection class: IP61 > Dimensions (W x H x D) mm: 44 x 110 x 46 > EN50131 class 2 and 4 certification

90° WALL SUPPORT item no. 80SP4D00113Wall support for DT 16

> Assembly from both sides (LH or RH)

WALL BRACKET item no. 80SP5D00113Wall bracket for DT16It allows corner and ceiling installation and the orientation adjustment option.

OUTDOOR VOLUMETRIC DETECTOR

DT16 WALL SUPPORT

DT16

2016CATALOGUE 61

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

DT17 item no. 80IM3800113Double-technology outdoor detector, Pet immunity and Anti-masking.The detector is suitable for outdoor installation and is equipped with Anti-masking and PET immunity function. dT17 has a detection logic based on the advanced analysis of the activation sequence of the micro-wave movement sensor and of the two independent infrared sensors that compose it.

> Detection range: the micro-wave range is adjustable from 0 to 15 metres, while the PIR sensor range is fixed to 10 metres.

> Volumetric coverage range: 90° (78 areas - 5 detection surfaces) > Pet immunity: ‹10kg > Triple detection logic: 1 MW + 2 independent PIR > Anti-masking technology (anti-spray) > Obstacle detection technology (blocking) > Alarm outputs: two outputs, a NC one and a separated NO one > Integrated line end resistors > Tampering Alarm > Fault Masking > Micro-wave module frequency: 9,9 GHz > Integrated walk test buzzer > Temperature digital compensation > Oscillation-preventing filter > Protection against sunlight > High-intensity UV filter > Polycarbonate housing > Sealed lenses > Electronic board protection > Power supply and consumption 24mA at 13.8 VDC

WALL BRACKET item no. 80SP6D00113Wall bracket for DT17This is an optional bracket, adjustable by 45° to the right and to the left to optimize the volumetric coverage of the protected area. The bracket includes 4 stainless steel screws, a removal-resistant tamper and a drilling jig.

LENS item no. 80LT1510113Lens for DT17 for installation at 1,5 m

OUTDOOR VOLUMETRIC DETECTOR

DT17 WALL BRACKET

DT17

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

PERIMETER DETECTORS 62

PERIMETER DETECTORS

>PERIMETER DETECTORS

2016CATALOGUE 63

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>64

>66

>67

>69

STRUCTURAL PROTECTIONS

ROLLER SHUTTER CONTACTS

MAGNETIC CONTACTS

INERTIAL DETECTOR

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

S

64

INTRUSION DETECTION

PERIMETER DETECTORS

Shock sensors

GD03 item no. 80GD0300113Glass break detector4 wires, including power cableSupply voltage: 9 ÷ 16 Vdc

> LED indication and Mosfet alarm relay > Dimensions (H x W x D): 37x19x12 mm

GD05PL item no. 80GD0400113Glass break detector2 wires, power cable not includedElectronic switch (without contacts), can be adapted for wireless alarm systemsDimensions (H x W x D): 37x19x12 mm

ESD30 item no. 80VV0500113Electronic shock sensor for doors and windows with automatic sensitivity control and indication of vibration levelSmart pulse count: false alarm identification

> Dimensions (H x W x D): 21x25x92 mm

VSD3 item no. 80VV0600113Mechanical shock sensor for surface installation, to be used in combination with ESD30 electronic sensor It is possible to connect up to 3 sensors to extend the detection range of ESD30 electronic sensor

GD03

GD05PL

ESD30

VSD3

STRUCTURAL PROTECTIONS

2016CATALOGUE 65

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

MS04

MS04PK

MS04 Vault Detector

MS04 item no. 80MS0800211Vault detector for alarm notification against break-in attempts on reinforced concrete walls, safes, armoured cabinets, 24-hour deposits, etceteraMicroprocessor-based technology with fully digital sensor management

> Total immunity from external electromagnetic interference thanks to double galvanised isolation between connections area and signal detection and analysis unit

> Cyclic self-test on two detection channels, with constant transducer and amplification section integrity test

> Threshold heat detector for detecting attempt to attack the microphone with devices that cause a sudden change of the detector’s normal operating temperature

> Detection channels and methods: Perforation channel: 16 levels of sensitivity, 4 - integration values (delay) Explosion channel: 4 levels of sensitivity

> Visualisation and memorisation of different types of alarm > Test point for calibration and sensitivity instrumental check > “REMOTE” control for lowering sensitivity levels (ATM applications) > Double cable passage: to the control unit, with grommet, and to optional auxiliary sensor, external to microphone

> Preset for housing an internal noise generator (optional) for operational test > Preset for external noise generator management (optional) for operational tests on large surfaces

> Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Min and max operating voltage: 9 ÷ 15 Vdc > Absorption: 25 mA typ at 12 Vdc 30 mA max > Certified operating temperature: +5°C ÷ +40 °C > Operating temperature declared by manufacturer: -10°C ÷ +70°C > Tamper and heat attack activation temperature: -5°C ÷ +60°C > Automatic self-test cycle every 5 minutes > *Guaranteed performance level: 3rd (with MS04IT + MS04ET) 2nd (with internal noise generator MS04IT) 1st (standard microphone)

> Certified protection degree: IP30 (IEC 70-1) > Protection degree declared by manufacturer: IP54 > Alarm time (switching) of optically isolated output: approx. 4s > Lapse rate detection: 4°C/min. approx > Detection range: from 10 to 100 Khz approx > Coverage: 48 sq. m > Alarm output: solid-state relay > Tamper output for opening, removal, heat attacks > Dimensions (W x H x D): 136 x 48 x 89 mm > Weight: 550 g

MS04PK item no. 80MS1200211Same as MS04 but with cover patch device for protection of safes. Possibility to identify one out of three positions: unavailable lock, available lock and intermediate position.

MS04

MS04PK

STRUCTURAL PROTECTIONS

3rd lev.

3rd lev.

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

S

66

INTRUSION DETECTION

PERIMETER DETECTORS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

MS04IT

MS04ET

MS04 Vault Detector

MS04IT item no. 80MS1010211Internal noise generator for MS04It allows to test the detector in operation (the noise generator transmits through the means to be protected).

MS04ET item no. 80MS1110211External noise generator for MS04 for operational testing of large-size installations

Accessories for MS04 vault detector

SPA04 item no. 80SP6900111Adaptor and fastening plate for structures and safes

KT TMP item no. 80KT4700111Fastening kit for composite structures

MS04IT

MS04ET

Roller Shutter contacts

MF01 item no. 80MM4500113Roller shutter contact

> With adjustable pulley > Dimensions (H x W x D): 90x102x16 mm

MF02 item no. 80MM4600113Roller shutter contact

> With stainless steel slide rolls > Dimensions (H x W x D): 90x102x16 mm

IV4Z item no. 80MP9610111Interface board for fast signals

> With 4 programmable alarm inputs and 4 electrical outputs, one for each input. The board transforms fast signals from devices such as vibrators and shutter sensors, into manageable signals for the control units

MF01

MF02

ROLLER SHUTTER CONTACTS

STRUCTURAL PROTECTIONS

2nd lev.

2nd lev.

2016CATALOGUE 67

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

MMB01

Magnetic contact for pivoting doors

MMB01 item no. 80MM4400213Die-cast contact for pivoting doors

> With anti-tamper; NC contact > Max operating distance: 35 mm

Magnetic surface contact

MMH01 item no. 80MM4700213High security surface contact with triple magnetic balancing

> IP65 Aluminium casing; screw terminals > Suitable for gates and doors > Max operating distance: 12 mm

MMH02 item no. 80MM4800213Surface contact with double magnetic balancing

> IP65 Aluminium casing; screw terminals > Suitable for gates and doors > Max operating distance : 18 mm

MMH03 item no. 80MM4900113High-power surface contact

> Casing in aluminium IP65 > Screw terminals > Suitable for gates and doors > Max operating distance: 50 mm

MMS01 item no. 80MM5300113WHITE plastic surface contact

> Screw terminals > Max operating distance: 15 mm

MMS01BR item no. 80MM5400113Same as MMS01 in BROWN plastic

MMS02 item no. 80MM5500213Surface power contact in die-cast aluminium

> Suitable for armoured doors; screw terminals > Max operating distance: 25 mm

MMS50 item no. 80MM5700113White plastic surface contact

> Cable terminals > With anti-tamper > Min operating distance: 10 mm

MMS50BR item no. 80MM5800113Same as MMS50 in brown plastic

MMH01

MMH02

MMH03

MMS01 and MMS01BR

MMS02

MMS50

MAGNETIC CONTACTS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

MMB01

MMH01

MMH02

MMS02

1st lev.

1st lev.

1st lev.

1st lev.

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

S

68

INTRUSION DETECTION

PERIMETER DETECTORS

Magnetic surface contact

MMS03 item no. 80MM5600213Surface power contact in die-cast aluminium

> Suitable for armoured doors. Screw terminals > Max operating distance: 25 mm

MMS60 item no. 80MM6100113Surface contact in die-cast aluminium

> With anti-tamper > Min operating distance: 10 mm

MMS60MR item no. 80MM6200113Same as MM60 in brown aluminium

Flush-mounted magnetic contacts

MMI01 item no. 80MM5000213White ABS flush-mounted contact

> Diameter: 9 mm > With anti-tamper > Max operating distance: 10 mm

MMI02 item no. 80MM5100213Brass flush-mounted contact

> Diameter: 8 mm > With anti-tamper > Suitable for installation on aluminium and wood window and door frames > Max operating distance: 10 mm

MMI03 item no. 80MM5200113Brass flush-mounted contact

> Spacer diameter: 10 mm and 16 mm > With anti-tamper > Suitable for installations on iron and armoured doors > Max operating distance: 20 mm

MMI17 item no. 80MM6000113White ABS flush-mounted contact

> White ABS flush-mounted contact > Diameter: 9 mm > With anti-tamper > Max operating distance: 20 mm

MMS03

MMS60 and MMS60MR

MMI01

MMI02

MMI03

MAGNETIC CONTACTS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

MMS03

MMI01

MMI02

1st lev.

1st lev.

1st lev.

2016CATALOGUE 69

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Inertial detector

MMZ01 item no. 80MM5900113Inertial detector with golden contacts

> Installation: screw-on or with bi-adhesive tape > Dimensions (H x W x D): 34 x 34 x 21 mm MMZ01

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

S

70OUTDOOR

PROTECTIONS

>OUTDOOR PROTECTIONS

2016CATALOGUE 71

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>72

>78

>81

INFRARED BARRIERS

MICROWAVE BARRIERS

DUAL TECHNOLOGY BARRIERS

OU

TDO

OR

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

S

72

INTRUSION DETECTION

OUTDOOR PROTECTIONS

Outdoor protection

Elkron offers highly technological intrusion detection solutions suitable for particular areas, such as isolated cottages, factory outdoor premises, military zones, airports and other high-risk zones.

Such technologies include active infrared and microwave.Infrared indoor and outdoor barriers use infrared beams to create a barrier that surrounds the zone to be protected. The alarm is activated when interruption of this invisible net occurs. The range, different for each model, can reach up to 600 meters for indoor and up to 250 meters for outdoor barriers. Some models feature a system that eliminates false alarm caused by atmospheric agents, such as rain, snow or fog.

Microwave barriers create an invisible protection band with a 3-4 meter diameter, generated between transmitter and receiver, that form a barrier around the protected zone. This advanced technology has a range of up to 180 meters for each section and it is ideal for high risk situations.

EL20 Infrared barriers

New active infrared barrier, strong, safe, reliable and easy to install. Thanks to its compact size (25x23 mm) it discreetly adapts to suit the most varied needs (for example it can be installed between the window and the blinds or the roller shutter).Microprocessor based SMD technology.The barrier may be installed either indoors or outdoors thanks to its polycarbonate structure, with its high mechanical strength and resistance to atmospheric agents (IP65 degree) and UV rays.Special design features enable compensation for expansion due to temperature changes.Maximum stability of wall-mounted columns thanks to intermediate fastening elements.EASY TO INSTALL: supplied with pre-wired cable, no special alignment procedures required. The synchronisation of beams is obtained automatically by way of an optical signal (without synchronisation cable).POSSIBLE INSTALLATION OF SEVERAL consecutive or parallel barriers thanks to automatic pairing encoding the first time the device is switched on.EQUIPPED WITH ANTI-REMOVAL AND ANTI-OPENING DEVICE on both ends.Alarm memory.3 different operating modes: point-to-point beams, adjacent beams and cross beams.4 models available for small- to large-size installations: EL20RT/05 (0.5m - 2 beams), EL20RT/10 (1m - 4 beams), EL20RT/15 (1.5m - 6 beams), EL20RT/20 (2m - 8 beams).Range: from 40 cm to 10 m for outdoor and from 40 cm to 20 m for indoor.

Examples of different applications of EL20 barriers

EL20 BARRIERS

INFRARED BARRIERS

2016CATALOGUE 73

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

EL20 Infrared barriers

EL20RT/05 item no. 80EL1000211Indoor/outdoor barrier

> Column height: 0.5 m > 2 beams > Adjustable outdoor range from 40 cm to 10 m > Max indoor range 20 m > RX-TX rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > RX-TX min and max operating voltage: 10.5 - 15 Vdc > Activation time management: > 0.1 s (interruption of 2 adjacent means), 1 s (interruption of 1 beam only)

> Output signal: PM (pulse mode) transmission > Alarm relay contact: 0.1 A@24 Vdc with series-connected prot. R=10 Ohm > Anti-tamper and anti-removal microswitch: 50 mA@12 Vdc > Protection degree declared by manufacturer: IP65 IK04 > Certified protection degree (IEC 70.1): IP34 > Guaranteed performance level: 2nd > Malfunction indication: Optic, with flashing red led. > Certified operating temperature (IEC 79.2): -25° ÷ +55° C > Dimensions: 540 x 25 x 23 mm > Weight: 250 g > Ampi Certification

EL20RT/10 item no. 80EL1100211Same as EL20RT/05 but with:

> Column height: 1 m > 4 beams > Dimensions: 1030 x 25 x 23 mm > Weight: 500 g

EL20RT/15 item no. 80EL1200211Same as EL20RT/05 but with:

> Column height: 1.5 m > 6 beams > Dimensions: 1520 x 25 x 23 mm > Weight: 750 g

EL20RT/20 item no. 80EL1300211Same as EL20RT/05 but with:

> Column height: 2 m > 8 beams > Dimensions: 2020 x 25 x 23 mm > Weight: 1000 g

EL20RT/05

EL20RT/10

EL20RT/15

EL20RT/20

INFRARED BARRIERS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

EL20RT/05

EL20RT/10

EL20RT/15

EL20RT/20

2nd lev.

2nd lev.

2nd lev.

2nd lev.

OU

TDO

OR

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

S

74

INTRUSION DETECTION

OUTDOOR PROTECTIONS

EL15 Infrared barriers

New generation of outdoor protections; a special technology eliminates all disturbances and false pairings caused by interferences between adjacent barriers. This is achieved thanks to an additional circuit known as “synchroniser” and designed to synchronise and pair the barriers. Therefore each transmitter is coded and paired with its receiver and cannot interfere with other receiver.15 different codes are possible for each barrier cell (set by rotary switch), therefore it is possible to install up to a maximum of 15 barriers without interference even if they are very close to each other.When installing in cold areas, it is advisable to use the RS10 heating circuit (optional); provisions have been made for the insertion of this circuit into the transmitter and the receiver. The EL15 barrier is immune to environmental disturbances caused by the sun or by other infrared reflections.Furthermore, the device features a circuit for alarm disqualification (exclusion), which, in case of heavy fog, snow or downpours, blocks the alarm relay into a “rest” position and sends an electrical signal to the terminal board. The disqualification circuit resets the systems automatically when the above-mentioned condition has ceased.

EL15R/T item no. 80EL0400111Outdoor barrier

> Range 100 m > Beam max. width: 2.5 m > Receiver sensitivity adjustment for ranges up to 30 m > Photo-transmitter: aluminium gallium arsenide > Fresnel lens optics technology > SMD circuit technology > Modulation of transmitted signal > Synchronisation device for coded transmission. This device allows to install on the same barrier up to 15 pairs of devices

> High sensitivity > Receiver lock control (TC) > Test LED > Adjustment of beam interruption time > Equipped with anti-tamper device and built-in disqualification circuit > Supply voltage: 10.5 ÷ 14 Vdc > Transmitter absorption: 10 mA > Receiver absorption: 27 mA at rest; 15 mA in alarm condition > Operating temperature: -10° ÷ +60° C > Operating temperature with RS10 (heating resistance): -30° ÷ +60° C > Dimensions (H x W x D): 62 x 60 x 150 mm

EL15/S item no. 80EL0360115Synchronisation module for EL15RT

EL15R/T

EL15 INFRARED BARRIERS

2016CATALOGUE 75

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

EL60 infrared barriers

The EL60 R/T range includes active infrared barriers for perimeter protection of indoor and outdoor areas, also of considerable dimensions. It includes a barrier with max. external range of 60 m and a barrier with max. external range of 120 m. They both work on 4 different frequencies that can be selected with the dip-switch, they are equipped with optical alignment, test function with memory, buzzer, high-quality aspheric lenses and box with seals that make them suitable also for outdoor installations on poles (brackets supplied). They are suitable to be installed in SP60 columns.

EL60RT 2PH/60 item no. 80EL2600113IR indoor/outdoor barrier

> Power supply: 10 - 30 VDC > Nominal indoor range 120 m, outdoor 60 m > Absorption: 90 mA (pair) > Detection system: Modulated infrared beams > Alarm relay output: NC contact > Tamper relay output: NC contact > Disabling: Yes with open collector output > Operating temperature range: -25° (with heater) +65°C > Protection class: IP65 > Dimensions (W x H x D) mm: 80 x 180 x 75

EL60RT 2PH/120 item no. 80EL2700113 IR indoor/outdoor barrier

> Power supply: 10 - 30 VDC > Nominal indoor range 240 m, outdoor 120 m > Absorption: 90 mA (pair) > Detection system: Modulated infrared beams > Alarm relay output: NC contact > Tamper relay output: NC contact > Disabling: Yes with open collector output > Operating temperature range: -25° (with heater) +65°C > Protection class: IP65 > Dimensions (W x H x D) mm: 80 x 180 x 75

RST60 item no. 80EL2800115Pair of heaters with thermostat

> Power supply from 10 to 30 VDC > Consumption per pair:

- from 10 to 15 VDC 250 mA - from 24 to 30 VDC 125 mA

EL60RT 2PH/60

EL60RT 2PH/120

EL60 INFRARED BARRIERS

OU

TDO

OR

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

S

76

INTRUSION DETECTION

OUTDOOR PROTECTIONS

SP60 Columns

The SP60 column for infrared perimeter barriers is built with black anodised aluminium section and polycarbonate coating. Available in two models, with single (180°) and double (360°) direction with height from 1 to 3 m. With the dedicated accessories, it can be mounted on the wall or the floor. It includes lower and upper covers, thermostat unit, anti-climb over device and protection (tamper) micro switch for upper cover (floor-mounted). The columns are compatible with barrier models ELKRON EL50, EL15.

KIT SP60/10 item no. 80SP5A00113**1 m column kit

> Kit composed of a black anodised aluminium SINGLE DIRECTION column including: - 1 polycarbonate cover plate- Barrier fastening screw kit (EL50, EL15)- 1 cover- 1 TER60 thermostat- 1 RS60 heating resistance- 1 AS60 anti-climb over device- 1 ABTS tamper for upper cover protection

KIT SP60/15 item no. 80SP4B001131.5 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60/10 but 1.5 m column height

KIT SP60/20 item no. 80SP1B001132 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60/10 but 2 m column height

KIT SP60/25 item no. 80SP5B001132.5 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60/10 but 2.5 m column height

KIT SP60/30 item no. 80SP2B00113**3 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60/10 but 3 m column height

KIT SP60-360/10 item no. 80SP6A00113**1 m column kit

> Kit composed of a black anodised aluminium DOUBLE DIRECTION 360° column including: - 2 polycarbonate cover plates- Barrier fastening screw kit (EL50, EL15)- 2 covers- 1 TER60 thermostat- 1 RS60 heating resistance- 1 AS60 anti-climb over device- 1 ABTS tamper for upper cover protection

KIT SP60-360/15 item no. 80SP7A001131.5 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60-360/10 but with: - Column height 1.5 m

SP60

SP60-360

**available upon order

COLUMNS FOR INFRARED BARRIERS

2016CATALOGUE 77

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

SP60 Columns

KIT SP60-360/20 item no. 80SP8A001132 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60-360/10 but with: - 2 m column

KIT SP60-360/25 item no. 80SP9A001132.5 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60-360/10 but with: - Column height 2.5 m

KIT SP60-360/30 item no. 80SP6B00113**3 m column kit

> Same as model KITSP60-360/10 but with: - Column height 3 m

Accessories for SP60 columns

TER60 THERMOSTAT item no. 80EL1910163Thermostat

> Activates the heating resistance when the temperature falls below 4°C

FLOOR-MOUNTED SP60/20 BASE item no. 80SP7B10163Floor-mounted base (2 pcs)

> For floor mounting of columns up to 2 m

FLOOR-MOUNTED SP60/30 BASE item no. 80SP8B10163Floor-mounted base (2 pcs)

> For floor mounting of columns over 2 m

BRACKETS KIT SP60/20 2xWALL-MOUNTING item no. 80SP9B10163Brackets for wall-mounting (2 pcs)

CLAMP ZAxSP60 BASE - TO BE FIXED WITH CEMENT item no. 80SP1C10163Clamp for base to be fixed with cement (2 pcs)

> Base necessary to cement the column into ground

ANTI-CLIMB OVER AS60 item no. 80EL2010163Anti-climb over device

> The device activates the alarm in the case of weights over 25 Kg

COVER PROTECTION MICROSWITCH MS60 item no. 80EL2110163Microswitch for column cover protection

> To be used in case of wall installation for lower cover protection

BASE SP60/20

BRACKET KIT SP60/20

MICROSWITCH

**available upon order

COLUMNS FOR INFRARED BARRIERS

OU

TDO

OR

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

S

78

INTRUSION DETECTION

OUTDOOR PROTECTIONS

MWA60R/T Microwave Barrier

MWA60 is an active microwave barrier with 60m maximum range, designed for indoor and outdoor surface protection. The system is made up of two units. The equipment is built with solid state devices only and finished with tropicalising resin in order to ensure excellent weather-tightness.

Protection lobe The radiation field shape is well-defined to ensure higher detection probability.The transmitter features a planar microwave emitting a highly steady, low-power narrow and directive beam.

Selectable channelsTransmitter and receiver can be tuned in frequency through dip switches enabling to code 5 different channels. In this way, interference is prevented in the case of simultaneous installations of more pairs of barriers.

Selective filter Each receiver features a particular selective filter which only chooses the frequency of its own channel and rejects other frequencies.Automatic compensationThe receiver features special signal auto-adjustment and elaboration circuits that provide automatic compensation of environmental conditions.

Disqualification notificationThe receiver features an output which is activated in case of insufficient signal strength. This prevents and warns about any misalignment produced either when the system is off or due to obstacles in the barrier operating beam.

MICROWAVE BARRIERS

2016CATALOGUE 79

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

MWA Microwave barriers

MWA60R/T item no. 80MW5500111Outdoor microwave barrier

> Range 60 m > Rated supply voltage: 12 Vdc > Min and max operating voltage: 11.5 ÷ 15 Vdc > Absorption at rest: TX 31mA / RX 70 mA > Absorption in alarm condition: TX 31mA / RX 70 mA > Transmission frequency: 10.525 GHz (+/- 20 Mhz) > Alarm relay block: signal on dedicated input > Alarm relay: NC 500 mA 12 Vdc > Disqualification warning: electrical output > Modulation: 5 selectable channels > Tamper protection: anti-opening microswitch (anti-disorientation KIT available) > Operating temperature (opt. heating kit): -20°C ÷ +55°C > Casing protection degree IP34 > Dimensions (W x H x D): 176 x 230 x 133 mm

MWA120R/T item no. 80MW5600111Same as MW60RT but with 120 m range

Fixing systems for MWA microwave barriers

SP20/MWA item no. 80SP9410113Galvanised wall bracket for MWA barriers

> Length 15 cm

SP50/MWA item no. 80SP9510113Galvanised wall bracket for MWA barriers

> Length 58 cm

SP120/MWA item no. 80SP9610113Galvanised floor pole for MWA barrier

> Length 120 cm

SP130/MWA item no. 80SP9710113Galvanised pole for pit installation for MWA barriers

> Length 130 cm

Accessories for MWA microwave barriers

RS/MWA item no. 80MW5810113Thermostat and heater kit (1 pc per package)

KIT AMP/MWA item no. 80KT1C10113Anti-removal anti-disorientation kit (1 pc per package)

MW60RT

SP120/MWA

SP20/MWA

MICROWAVE BARRIERS

OU

TDO

OR

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

S

80

INTRUSION DETECTION

OUTDOOR PROTECTIONS

MW30R/T Microwave barriers

MW30RT item no. 80MW1900111 Outdoor microwave barrier

> Range: 180 m (program. 15 ÷ 100 m, 100 ÷ 180 m) > Beam width: 6 m adjustable > Four modulation channels > Battery housing: 12 Vdc - 1.9 Ah > Frequency: in accordance with national frequencies > Power supply: 10.5 ÷ 14 Vdc or 16 ÷ 18 Vac > Consumption: 85 mA (TX), 35 mA (RX) > Beam width adjustment > Automatic gain control (AGC) > Activation time adjustment > Possibility of alternating current supply > Anti-tamper function > Calibration and control test points > Internal warning LED for visualisation during installation

Accessories for MW30 microwave barriers

SP10/15 item no. 80SP1000111Galvanised pole for MW30RT. Height 1.5 m

SP10/20 item no. 80SP1100111Galvanised pole for MW30RT. Height 2 m

RT35 item no. 80RT0200171Test meter for MW30RT alignment

MW30R

MW30T

MICROWAVE BARRIERS

2016CATALOGUE 81

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

DUAL TECHNOLOGY BARRIERS

DT250/2RT Barrier

Designed for outdoor protection of large sites. In fact, the dual technology barrier DT250/2T offers a high security degree thanks to its active infrared and microwave double section. Each section has an independent alarm output, which can be directly managed from the alarm control unit in AND / OR mode.In addition, the barrier features a strong aluminium structure and polycarbonate protective shield, which is fixed to a base suitable for floor or for pit installation (accessory available upon request).

Main features > Range from 10 to 250 m > Column height 2 m > Barrier composed of 4 IR (double beam) + microwave section > Frequency 24 GHz in K band > 4 switching modulation channels > IR masking and disqualification outputs > Column full rotation over 360° > Column heating with thermostat > Protected against opening > Protection degree IP54

DT250/2RT item no. 80EL2500113Dual technology barrier

> Range from 10 to 250 m > 4 double optics IR beams with 50 mm lenses > 1 MW lobe at 24GHz in K band > 4 switching MW modulation channels > Wired synchronisation > Disqualification and antimasking outputs (IR only) > Main power unit supply voltage 19 V - (17 + 21 V-) or 24 V- > Electronics supply voltage 13.8 V- (13 + 14.6 V-) > Heaters supply voltage 24 V- or 24 V- > TX electronics consumption = 218 mA@ 13.8V- > RX = 218 mA @ 13.8 V > TX heaters consumption = 100 W on 24V > RX = 100W on 24V > Operating temperature -25°C ÷ +65°C > Anti-tamper outside casing and cover opening 100 mA max > Protection degree lP54 > Dimensions (H x W x D): 2000 x 250 x 200 mm > TX of RX column weight = 16 Kg > Transformer = 1.5 Kg > Accessories + packaging = 2 Kg

AccessoriesPOIDT250 item no. 80SP8C10113Pit for recessed installation of the column

DT250/2RT

OU

TDO

OR

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

S

SIRENS82

SIRENS

>SIRENS

2016CATALOGUE 83

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>84

>88

OUTDOOR SIRENS

INDOOR SIRENS

SIR

ENS

84

INTRUSION DETECTION

SIRENS

Aluminium outdoor siren

HPA701 item no. 80HP8400211Outdoor siren

> Silver paint die-cast aluminium siren with strobe light cover area in polycarbonate > Controls managed through microprocessor > Sound pressure: 103 dB (A) @ 3 m > Internal galvanised sheet metal anti-crushing cage: optional > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Steel counterplate: optional > Start block function > Sound mode programmable on 16 different modulations with 2 IMQ-complying honking modes > DEMO function for listening to different sound modulations (with reduced

loudness) > Battery and horn malfunction self-diagnosis > Possibility to fit a mini water level > Block (BL) and TC inputs can be programmed as balanced or normally closed, referred to positive or negative

> Sound time-out in case of permanent lack of block signal (4 different programmable timings) > Sound count (can be excluded) > Battery test (under load), horn integrity > Malfunction output for low battery, power failure or horn short circuit > Alarm storage (with flash blinking) > Protection from battery polarity inversion and supply from control unit > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Rated supply voltage: 13.8 Vdc - 14.4 Vdc > Operating voltage (min – max): 9 – 15 Vdc > Absorption at rest: 4 mA > Max. absorption in alarm condition: 650 mA > Max. absorption from control unit - 150 mA > Operating frequency: 1400 ÷ 1600 Hz > Input lock voltage (NC to positive): 4.3 Vdc min. ÷ Vdc max > Input lock voltage (balanced to positive): 3.5 min ÷ 7.5 V max > Low battery threshold: 11.2 Vdc ÷ 11.4 Vdc > Anti-opening/anti-removal microswitch: 1 A @ 24 Vdc > Operating temperature declared by manufacturer: -25°C ÷ +70°C > Certified operating temperature (IEC Standards): -25°C ÷ +55 °C > Protection degree of the casing declared by manufacturer: IP43/IK06 > Certified protection degree of the casing (IEC Standards): IP34 > Base: glass-reinforced thermoplastic material > Battery: 12 V / 2.2 Ah > Dimensions (W x H x D): 237 x 287 x 90 mm

HPA701

OUTDOOR SIRENS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

HPA701 2nd lev.

2016CATALOGUE 85

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

HPA702LG

Aluminium outdoor siren

HPA702LG item no. 80HP8600211Outdoor siren

> Silver paint die-cast aluminium siren > Signalling flash LED (polycarbonate) > Controls managed through microprocessor > Sound pressure: 103 dB (A) @ 3 m > Internal galvanised sheet metal anti-crushing cage > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Electronic anti-perforation protection: optional > Electronic anti-foam protection: optional > Overtemperature warning (oxyhydrogen flame, oxygen lance): optional > Steel counterplate: optional > Start block function > Alarm storage (with flash blinking) > Sound mode programmable on 16 different modulations with 2 IMQ-complying honking modes. DEMO function for listening to different sound modulations (with reduced loudness)

> Battery and horn malfunction self-diagnosis > Possibility to fit a mini water level > Block (BL) and TC inputs can be programmed as balanced or normally closed, referred to positive or negative

> Sound time-out in case of permanent lack of block signal (4 different programmable timings) > Sound count (can be excluded) > Battery test (under load), strobe light and horn integrity > Malfunction output for low battery, interruption or short circuit of the flash module, horn interruption or short circuit, protection module malfunction (if present)

> Alarm storage (with flash blinking) > Protection from battery polarity inversion and supply from control unit > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > System status function for “scaffolding” > Visual "malfunction status" and "system status" warning > Rated supply voltage: 13.8 Vdc, 14.4Vdc > Operating voltage (min – max): 9 – 15 Vdc > Absorption at rest: 4 mA > Max. absorption in alarm condition: 750 mA > Max. absorption from control unit: 150 mA > Flash absorption: 100 mA peak; 7 mA average > Operating frequency: 1400 ÷ 1600 Hz > Input lock voltage (NC to positive): 4.3 Vdc min. ÷ Vdc max > Input lock voltage (balanced to positive): 3.5 min ÷ 7.5 Vdc max > Low battery threshold: 11.2 Vdc ÷ 11.4 Vdc > Anti-opening/anti-removal microswitch: 1 A @ 24 Vdc > Protection module tamper contact (solid state relay): 50 mA @ 50 Vdc; R type = 20 ohm > Operating temperature declared by manufacturer: -25°C ÷ +70°C > Certified operating temperature (IEC Standards): -25°C ÷ +55 °C > Protection degree of the casing declared by manufacturer: IP43/IK06 > Certified protection degree of the casing (IEC Standards): IP34 > Battery: 12 V / 2.2 Ah > Dimensions (W x H x D): 237 x 287 x 90 mm

HPA702LG

OUTDOOR SIRENS

2nd lev.

SIR

ENS

86

INTRUSION DETECTION

SIRENS

Aluminium outdoor siren

HPA702L item no. 80HP8500211Outdoor siren

> Same as HPA702LG but with optional internal crushproof cage

HPA703XP item no. 80HP8700211Outdoor siren

> Same as HPA702LG but with: > High-power flash > Electronic anti-perforation protection: standard > Electronic anti-foam protection: standard > Overtemperature warning (oxyhydrogen flame, oxygen lance): standard > Absorption at rest: 8 mA > Max. absorption in alarm condition: 1550 mA > Flash absorption: 900 mA peak; 65 mA average

HPA703XP/H item no. 80HP9000211Outdoor siren

> Same as HPA703XP/A but with: > Sound pressure 106 db(A) at 3m; 110 db(A) at 1m

Accessories for 700 series sirens

COUNTERPLATE item no. 80SP8510111Counterplate

> Stainless steel counterplate for 700 series sirens

CAGE item no. 80HP8910111Protection cage

> Anti-crushing cage for 700 series sirens

PROTECTION MODULE item no. 80HP8810111Protection module

> Module with relay output for anti-perforation, foam, overtemperature for 700 series sirens

HPA702L

HPA703XP - HPA703XP/H

OUTDOOR SIRENS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

HPA702L

HPA703XP

HPA703XP/H

2nd lev.

2nd lev.

2nd lev.

2016CATALOGUE 87

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

HP202LG item no. 80HP5100111Features: same as HP201 siren but with standard anti-perforation cage

Stainless steel siren

HP602LG item no. 80HP5700111Microprocessor-based stainless steel siren.

> Sound pressure: 102 dB at 3 m > Internal stainless steel protection cage > Electronic anti-foam and overtemperature protection > Protection degree: IP43 > Mechanical impact resistance degree: IK06 > Start block function > Protection from battery polarity inversion and supply from control unit > Sound count programming (max 5 over 24h) > Absorption: 27 mA at rest; 1.3 A in alarm condition > Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > Operating temperature: -25°/+70°C > Battery:12 Vdc - 2.2 Ah > Dimensions (H x W x D): 243 x 285 x 92 mm > Weight (without battery): 2550 g HP602LG

OUTDOOR SIRENS

Polycarbonate sirens

HP202L item no. 80HP5000111Polycarbonate siren with 104 dB sound pressure at 3 m

> Internal anti-perforation cage: optional > Signalling flash: incandescent light bulb > Anti-opening and removal protection > Start block function > Protection against polarity inversion with automatic reset > Sound count programming with automatic bypass > Absorption: 9 mA at rest; 1.1 A in alarm condition > Battery:12 Vdc - 2.2 Ah > Operating temperature: -25° ÷ +70° C > Dimensions (H x W x D): 265 x 210 x 65 mm

HP202LG

SIR

ENS

88

INTRUSION DETECTION

SIRENS

Indoor sirens

HPA100 item no. 80HP9300111Indoor siren with protected plastic casing

> Sound pressure : 110 dB(A) @ 1m > Sound frequency: 3500 – 3700 Hz (TBD) > Operating voltage: 12 or 24Vdc rated (10.5 at 30 Vdc) > Absorption: max 260 mA at alarm > Protection against polarity inversion > Anti-opening protection > Dimensions (H x W x D): 145 x 100 x 42 mm

HPA100A item no. 80HP9400111SELF-POWERED indoor siren. Features same as previous model but with:

> Absorption at rest: max 12 mA > Battery: 9V Alkaline or 8.4V NiMh rechargeable (not provided) > Battery type selection: programmable > 2 commands: BL1 for alarm BL2 for warning > BL2 command tone: programmable, with 2 levels > Timeout: programmable to 3, 6, 9 min > Command polarity: programmable to positive or negative

INDOOR SIRENS

HPA100 / HPA100A

2016CATALOGUE 89

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

HP375M item no. 80HP1B00211 > Indoor siren with metal casing > Sound pressure: 117 dB (A) @ 1 m > Max. absorption in alarm condition: 2.2 mA > Two different sound management types: continuous high-power and intermittent high- or low-power

> Epoxy-polyester painted galvanised metal casing > 4 different time-out sound management (for example cable cutting) Sound block function

> Anti-opening and anti-removal protection > The siren can operate without battery through power supply from the

control unit > Dimensions (W x H x D): 195 x 180 x 55 mm > Weight (without battery): 1300 g

HP375M

INDOOR SIRENS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

HP375M EN50131 class 2

SIR

ENS

>COMMUNICATORS

90COMMUNICATORS

2016CATALOGUE 91

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>93

>95

GSM COMMUNICATORS

PSTN COMMUNICATORS

CO

MM

UN

ICAT

OR

S

92

INTRUSION DETECTION

>COMMUNICATORS

COMMUNICATORS

When an alarm is triggered, it is important that it reaches as quickly as possible those who are best equipped to intervene. Elkron communicators offer top performance thanks to the innovative combination of GSM modules and SMS texting capacity. In fact, thanks to the built-in GSM module using an additional mobile device is not necessary.

Anywhere and with any telephone, you can receive the alarms, monitor and receive instant voice notifications, or plain language SMS notifications using a GSM mobile phone. The flexibility of Elkron’s new communicators allows to associate events and recipient telephone numbers, and for each one to choose which telephone system to use (GSM and/or PSTN).

For maximum security the new Elkron’s communicators, verify the availability of the network and in case of tampering or malfunctions, they automatically switch to an alternative network. In addition, they send precious information, such as SIM card expiry date, technical malfunction and telephone malfunction.

2016CATALOGUE 93

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

GSM Communicator

CT10-M item no. 80CT4600111Voice synthesis GSM cellular communicator with GSM module included

> Alarm communication via voice messages on GSM network and via SMS (programmable from keypad)

> Telephone numbers: 12 (max 28 digits) > Voice messages: 1 standard message (10 sec) + 5 x 10-second messages or 10 x 5-second

messages > SMS messages: 4 messages max 40 characters > Remote control feedback (via voice messages) > Non-volatile memory operational even in absence of power supply > SIM card expiration warning > Answering service function > Remote call barring (DTMF control) > Connection check > Built-in alphanumeric keypad with 1 line 16 character LCD display > 6 LEDs for system status and malfunction visualisation > Telephone line test: network coverage test always enabled > Alarm inputs: 2 > TC input: 1 > Programmable outputs:

- 2 electric MALFUNCTION outputs- 3 outputs (2 electric, 1 relay) switchable from remote via DTMF controls or local keypad

> Memory: alarms and call outcome > Programming codes: User/Installer code > Voice synthesis: non-volatile, through earphones and microphone (supplied) > Remote enquiries and control > Remote controlled inputs/outputs: DTMF codes > Outputs remote control: DTMF codes > Anti-opening protection > Operating voltage: 10.5 ÷ 14 Vdc > Battery:12 Vdc - 2.2 Ah > Dimensions (W x H x D): 245 x 185 x 70 mm

CT12-M/F item no. 80CT75001134-channel GSM sequence switch

> The CT12-M sequence switch manages 4 alarm inputs and 2 outputs, performs a continuous monitoring and shows, through the LCD display, inputs and outputs status, battery voltage, signal intensity and manages a periodic test of proof of life. French menu.

> Supply voltage: 13,8V > Minimum operating voltage: 10,5V > Absorption at rest at 13.8V: 140mA > Absorption during phone cycle at 13.8V: 270mA > Operating temperature: +5°C + 45°C > Speech synthesis phone transmission: 120 sec per 12 messages > Installer Code: 1 > User Code / Surveillance code: 1 > Output activation code: 2 > SMS messages: Transmission and Reception > Phone numbers: 16 of 24 characters > Test phone number: 1 of 24 characters > Provider phone number: 1 of 24 characters > Delayable inputs 0-60 sec. 0-90 min: 4 > Control input (lock): 1 > Controllable outputs: 2 > Event log file. 99 events > Display: LCD 16 x 2 > Keypad: 18 Keys > Dimensions (L X H X D): 131 x 121 x 31 mm

GSM COMMUNICATORS

CT10-M

CT12-M/F

CO

MM

UN

ICAT

OR

S

94

INTRUSION DETECTION

>COMMUNICATORS

GSM COMMUNICATORS

GSM and PSTN communicators

CT11-M item no. 80CT4700111Dual-standard GSM/PSTN Voice Synthesis cellular communicator with GSM module included.

> Programmable alarm channel: via voice or SMS messages on GSM network or on PSTN line > Telephone numbers: 12 (max 28 digits) > Voice messages: 1 standard message (10 sec) + 5 x 10-second messages or 10 x 5-second

messages > SMS messages: 4 messages max 40 characters > Remote control feedback (via voice messages) > Non-volatile memory operational even in absence of power supply > SIM card expiration warning > Answering service function > Remote call barring (DTMF control) > Connection check > Built-in alphanumeric keypad with 1 line 16 character LCD display > 6 LEDs for system status and malfunction visualisation > Telephone line test: network coverage test always enabled > Alarm inputs: 2 > TC input: 1 > Programmable outputs:

- 2 electric MALFUNCTION outputs- 3 outputs (2 electric, 1 relay) switchable from remote via DTMF controls or local keypad

> Memory: alarms and call outcome > Programming codes: User/Installer code > Voice synthesis: non-volatile, through earphones and microphone (supplied) > Answering machine bypass on PSTN line > PSTN telephone line test > Automatic backup on available telephone network > Remote enquiries and control > Input/output status: DTMF codes, SMS with pre-recorded voice answer > Output remote control: DTMF codes, SMS > Anti-opening protection > Operating voltage: 10.5 ÷ 14 Vdc > Battery:12 Vdc - 2.2 Ah > Dimensions (W x H x D): 245 x 185 x 70 mm

GSM 1 ANTENNA item no. 80AN0300111Remote antenna

> GSM remote antenna 1 is supplied with bracket, screw anchors for wall mounting and 5 m cable assembly with SMA-M connector compatible with GSM IMG500 module. It is useful when the control unit position does not ensure a sufficient field coverage for the GSM module.

CT11-M

GSM 1 ANTENNA

2016CATALOGUE 95

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

PSTN Communicator

CT06 item no. 80CT4900211PSTN Communicator

> IThe CT06 communicator is the result of ongoing innovation and research carried out on Elkron products. CT06 features voice synthesis and is the ideal solution for use with PSTN telephone lines, ensuring top performance thanks to cutting-edge technical specifications. For instance, it enables users to control up to three outputs remotely via the keypad of their own telephone or mobile. The CT06 communicator features several useful functions, such as answering machine bypass, automatic answer function, current call block with code, dynamic telephone line test, event log, multilanguage menu (6 languages) and 6 national PSTN telephone networks

> Compliant with European standard TBR21 > Equipped with 2 programmable alarm inputs NC, NO, balanced and NOT in use + 1 control input (TC). All referred to positive or negative

> WARNING AND CONTROL OUTPUTS: The CT06 communicator is equipped with 5 outputs (4 open collector electric outputs and 1 relay output). 2 outputs are reserved for malfunction warnings, while the remaining ones are reserved for DTMF controls, remote controls or controls from the local built-in keypad; alternatively, they can be associated exclusively to alarm inputs IN1 and IN2

> TELEPHONE NUMBERS: 12 telephone numbers of up to 28 digits each, up to 10 voice messages (1 10-second standard message + 9 5-second messages) for confirmation of alarm activation and DTMF remote control reception. Recording and playback are done with the supplied earphone.

> WARNING LEDs: the 16-character 2-line LCD display and the 6 LEDs ensure quick access to programming via user menu, installer menu and system status (even in case of power supply failure, thanks to the non-volatile memory).

> Malfunction electric outputs: 2 – lmax 10 mA each > Remotely controllable electric outputs: 2 – lmax 10 mA each > Remotely controllable relay output: 1 – Imax 1A (on relay exchange) > Available languages: Italian/French/English/German/Spanish/Portuguese > Programmable telephone networks: Italy/France/UK/Germany/Spain/Portugal > Signalling type: DEC/DTMF > Low battery threshold: <10.8 Vdc > Anti-opening protection > Minimum operating voltage: 12 Vdc > Maximum operating voltage: 14.5 Vdc > Normal absorption at rest: 70 mA > Maximum absorption: 250 mA > Current on aux. power supply output: max 150 mA > Battery: 12 Vdc – 2.2Ah > Display: 2-line 16-character LCD > Operating temperature: +5°C/+40°C > Dimensions (W x H x D): 245 x 185 x 70 mm

CT06

PSTN COMMUNICATORS

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

CT06 1st/2nd lev.

CO

MM

UN

ICAT

OR

S

>FOGGING SYSTEM

96FOGGING

SYSTEM

2016CATALOGUE 97

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

M>98

>99

CONTROL UNITS

ACCESSORIES

98

INTRUSION DETECTION

>FOGGINGSYSTEM

FOGGING SYSTEM

The new Fogging system is a complementary device for any Elkron safety system managed by an alarm control unit. Once activated, the system creates an impenetrable barrier of fog that prevents the action of thieves.The fog emitted by the device

is very thick, visibility is zero and the ill-intentioned person is lost, surprised and resolved to find the first escape route. This is why its integration transforms a simple intrusion alarm into a real anti-THEFT system. The choice of the system to use is based on

the ratio between the cubic metres of the area to protect and the minimum supply time of the system. For instance, in a room having a short side of 10 m, a long side of 20 m and the ceiling at 3 metres, the volume is 600 cubic metres, i.e. the multiplication of the

two sides by the height (10 x 20 x 3 = 600).The 80SN0100113 control unit is able to saturate the whole room in the minimum time of 60 seconds.

CONTROL UNITS

SN80 item no. 80SN0100113Fogging System for rooms up to 80 sq. m

> Power supply: 230 Vac – 50 Hz > Medium consumption: 60W > Maximum consumption: 1000 W > 4 programmable inputs > 4 programmable relay outputs > TCP/IP Ethernet connection for programming (RJ45) > Environment saturation capacity 800 cubic metres in 60 sec. > Saturation time:

• 130 cubic metres in 10”• 270 cubic metres in 20”• 800 cubic metres in 60”

> Recommended surface 80 sq. m / 3 m height (240 cubic metres) > Bag capacity: 1.6 litres > 8 releases of 60 sec each > Average duration of fluid mix: 2 years > 1-hole nozzle (standard) for direct front dispensing supplied > Ceiling or wall mounting with bracket supplied > 2 12 Vdc - 1.2Ah backup batteries supplied > Weight 20 kg > Dimensions (W x H x D) mm: 295 x H510 x D140

SN130 item no. 80SN0200113Fogging System for rooms up to 130 sq. m

> Power supply: 230 Vac – 50 Hz > Medium consumption: 70W > Maximum consumption: 1300 W > 4 programmable inputs > 4 programmable relay outputs > TCP/IP Ethernet connection for programming (RJ45) > Environment saturation capacity 1300 cubic metres in 60 sec. > Saturation time:

• 220 cubic metres in 10”• 430 cubic metres in 20”• 1300 cubic metres in 60”

> Recommended surface 130 sq. m / 3 m height (390 cubic metres) > Bag capacity: 1.6 litres > 5 releases of 60 sec each > Average duration of fluid mix: 2 years > 1-hole nozzle (standard) for direct front dispensing supplied > Ceiling or wall mounting with bracket supplied > 2 12 Vdc - 1.2Ah backup batteries supplied > Weight 25 Kg > Dimensions (W x H x D) mm: 295 x H510 x D170

SN 80

SN 130

2016CATALOGUE 99

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

FOGGING SYSTEM

SN180 item no. 80SN0300113Fogging System for rooms up to 180 sq. m

> Power supply: 230 Vac – 50 Hz > Medium consumption: 80W > Maximum consumption: 1600 W > 4 programmable inputs > 4 programmable relay outputs > TCP/IP Ethernet connection for programming (RJ45) > Environment saturation capacity 2300 cubic metres in 60 sec. > Saturation time:

• 380 cubic metres in 10”• 770 cubic metres in 20”• 2300 cubic metres in 60”

> Recommended surface 180 sq. m / 3 m height (540 cubic metres) > Bag capacity: 3.1 litres > 6 releases of 60 sec each > Average duration of fluid mix: 2 years > 1-hole nozzle (standard) for direct front dispensing supplied > Ceiling or wall mounting with bracket supplied > 2 12 Vdc - 1.2Ah backup batteries supplied > Weight 25 Kg > Dimensions (W x H x D) mm: L295 x H610 x D170

ACCESSORIES

Item no. 80SN04001133-hole nozzle

Item no. 80SN05001133-hole inclined nozzle

Item no. 80SN06001131-hole inclined nozzle

Item no. 80SN0700113Special nozzle

Item no. 80SN0800113Nozzle Extension

Item no. 80SN09001131.6 l tank refill

Item no. 80SN10001133.1 lt tank refill

Nozzle

80SN0900113

SN 180

80SN1000113

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

M

>ACCESSORIES

100ACCESSORIES

1012016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>102

>103

>104

>104

>105

ACTIVATION SYSTEMS

KEY READER ADAPTORS

TRANSMITTERS

BATTERIES

POWER SUPPLY UNIT

AC

CES

SOR

IES

102

INTRUSION DETECTION

ACCESSORIES

DK21 System

DK21S item no. 80DK2300211Microprocessor-based activation system

> The board manages up to 4 DK2000M key readers with an unlimited number of keys and up to 4 KP100D keypads. Communication type: serial ELKRON protocol. Activation zones: 3

> Supply voltage: 12Vdc. Serial line max length: 500 m

DK2000M item no. 80DK2000111Standard key reader suitable for Bticino® Magic boxes and frames

> ELKRON adaptors are required for use with other Bticino® products and Gewiss®, Ave® and Vimar® products. 2 built-in inputs

> Available in white version item no. DK2000M/B (80DK2400111)

DK20 item no. 80DK1700111Electronic digital key

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

DK21S

ACTIVATION SYSTEMS

3rd lev.

1032016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Key reader adaptors

DKA/I item no. 80KT22001115 adaptor kit for modular Bticino® Light and Bticino International® wiring systems

> DKAB/I (KT2600111) WHITE colour version

DKA/L item no. 80KT23001115 adaptor kit for modular Bticino® Living wiring system

> DKAB/I (KT2700111) WHITE colour version

DKA/G item no. 80KT24001115 adaptor kit for modular Gewiss® Playbus wiring system

> DKAB/G (KT2800111) WHITE colour version

DKA/A item no. 80KT25001115 adaptor kit for modular AVE® Sistema 45 wiring system

> DKAB/A (KT2900111) - WHITE colour version

NOTE: use of DK4000M key readers and the DKZ4/4000M partialiser with Vimar® Idea and Vimar® 8000 systems

requires commercially available adaptors, item no. 16544 for Vimar® Idea and item no. 08324 for Vimar® 8000

DKA/VI item no. 80KT75001115 adaptor kit for Vimar Idea wiring systems

> DKAB/VI item no. KT7600111- WHITE colour version

DKAB/VP item no. 80KT77001115 adaptor kit for Vimar Plana wiring systems

DKA/AXO item no. 80KT4C00111Adaptor kit (5 pcs) BLACK colour for Bticino® AXOLUTE wiring system

> DKAB/AXO item no. KT5C00111 - WHITE colour version

DKA/EIK item no. 80KT6C00111Adaptor kit (5 pcs) BLACK colour for Vimar® EIKON wiring system

> DKAB/EIK item no. KT7C00111 - WHITE colour version

DKA/A

DKA/G

DKA/I

DKA/L

DKA/VI

DKA/VP

KEY READER ADAPTORS

AC

CES

SOR

IES

104

INTRUSION DETECTION

ACCESSORIES

Transmitters

RX02 item no. 80RX3240143ROLLING-CODE wireless saw receiver for remote activation of any device

> The functions of the 2 receiver channels can be IMMEDIATE, STEP-BY-STEP and WITH TIMER

TX02 item no. 80TX79501432-key transmitter

TX02M item no. 80TX7850143Mini 2-key transmitter

AT01 item no. 80AT0410143Antenna with 433.92 Mhz frequency

Pushbutton

PA01-C item no. 80PL2300113Antirobbery pushbutton, white colour, single key. Internal NC at rest contact

> Resettable with plastic key

RB06 item no. 80RB0410113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 7.2 Ah

RB12 item no. 80RB0110113Water-proof rechargeable battery 6 V 1.3 Ah

RB 19 item no. 80RB0310113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 2.2 Ah

RB 15 item no. 80RB0810113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 18 Ah

RB 24 item no. 80RB0510113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 26 Ah

RB 612 item no. 80RB0910113Water-proof rechargeable battery 6 V 12 Ah

RB 1212 item no. 80RB110113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 12 Ah

BATTERIES

RX02

TX02

PA01

TRANSMITTERS / ALARM PUSHBUTTONS

1052016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

PRODUCT QUALITY CERTIFICATION MARKS

AS07/S

AS15

AS27

AS02/S item no. 80PS3400111Power supply unit 1A

> Power supply unit with supplementary switching power unit in plastic casing. Housing for battery of up to 2Ah. Equipped with control module for mains presence, battery test, fuse failure. Electrical outputs for reporting of malfunctions and irregularities. Connector for connection to EP200 serial modules

> Mains voltage: 100 Vac ÷ 260 Vac > Output voltage: 13.8 Vdc > Current: 1 A > Dimensions (H x W x D): 185 x 249 x 70 mm

AS07/S item no. 80PS3500211Power supply unit 1 A

> Power supply unit with supplementary switching power unit in plastic casing. Housing for battery of up to 7Ah. Equipped with control module for mains presence, battery test, fuse failure. Electrical outputs for reporting of malfunctions and irregularities. Connector for connection to EP200 serial modules

> Mains voltage: 100 Vac ÷ 260 Vac > Output voltage: 13.8 Vdc > Current: 1 A > Dimensions (H x W x D): 345 x 240 x 79 mm

AS15 item no. 80PS3200211Power supply unit 2.2 A

> Power supply unit with supplementary switching power unit in plastic casing. Housing for battery of up to 18Ah. Equipped with control module for mains presence, battery test, fuse failure. Electrical outputs for reporting of malfunctions and irregularities. Connector for connection to EP200 serial modules

> Mains voltage: 100 Vac ÷ 260 Vac > Output voltage: 13.8 Vdc > Current: 2.2 A > Dimensions (H x W x D): 318 x 422 x 91 mm

AS27 item no. 80PS3300211Power supply unit 2.2 A

> Power supply unit with supplementary switching power unit in plastic casing. Housing for battery of up to 27Ah. Equipped with control module for mains presence, battery test, fuse failure. Electrical outputs for reporting of malfunctions and irregularities. Connector for connection to EP200 serial modules

> Mains voltage: 100 Vac ÷ 260 Vac > Output voltage: 13.8 Vdc > Current: 2.2 A > Dimensions (H x W x D): 447 x 324 x 115 mm

AS02/S

AS07/S

AS15

AS27

POWER SUPPLY UNIT

2nd lev.

1st/2nd lev.

1st/2nd lev.

AC

CES

SOR

IES

106

>118 Universal bases for 400 series conventional systems and 500 series digital systems

>119 Analysis chamber for ducted detection

>124 FAP541 Microprocessor control unit with 1 loop line. Possibility of managing up to 128 points per loop (64 per open line)

>125 FAP544 Microprocessor control unit with 2 loop lines expandable up to 4. Possibility of managing up to 128 points per loop (64 per open line)

>125 FAP548 Microprocessor control unit with 4 loop lines expandable up to 8. Possibility of managing up to 128 points per loop (64 per open line)

>125 FAP5416 Microprocessor control unit with 8 loop lines expandable up to 16. Possibility of managing up to 128 points per loop (64 per open line)

>126 MODULES AND ACCESSORIES

>128 BUTTONS Range of manual reset/break glass pushbuttons with teach-in circuit

>128 DETECTORS Range of photo-optical, heat, differential heat, optical heat detectors

>111 C402-C404 Compact fire detection control units, with 2 and 4 zones, suitable for small-size installations, 32 devices per zone

>112 C420 Modular fire detection control unit with 4 zones, expandable up to 20. LCD display with user interface, 32 devices per zone

>113 DETECTORS Range of photo-optical, heat, differential heat, optical heat

detectors

>115 BUTTONS Range of manual reset/break glass pushbuttons and

explosion-proof pushbuttons

CONVENTIONAL FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS UNIVERSAL BASES DUCTED DETECTION

FAP500 DIGITAL FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM

OVERVIEW FIRE DETECTION

2016CATALOGUE 107

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

> 133 CDS Extinguishing control unit with one channel, expandable up to 2

>151 FL100 Tx + Rx smoke linear detector

>152 FLR100 Reflection smoke linear detector

>153 XCC-011Intake smoke detector with high-sensitivity Laser detection chamber

>156 PANELS Single- and double-side visual acoustic panels with voice synthesis

>157 SIRENS Indoor and outdoor sirens

>158 ELECTROMAGNETIC DOOR STOPS Electromagnetic door stops for fire doors

>158 POWER SUPPLY UNITS Power supply units with output voltage of 27.6 V for versions from 2.5 to 5 A

>158 BATTERIES 12 V batteries from 2.2 to 26 A

EXTINGUISHING CONTROL UNIT LINEAR DETECTORS

VISUAL-ACOUSTIC INDICATORS

ACCESSORIES

WIRELESS STAND-ALONE SYSTEM>136 CENTRAL UNIT

Hybrid wired/wireless control unit module

>137 ACCESSORIES Input/Output modules

>138 DETECTORS Range of smoke detectors, heat detectors, optical heat detectors and push-buttons

>140 ACTUATORS Range of actuators di attuatori with or without flashing light

>144 ST/PL4 Gas detection control unit for connection of 4 to 8 detectors

>144 ST/MTSLB Gas detection control unit for connection of 8 to 104 detectors

>145 EX II 3GD GAS DETECTORS >137 Petrol vapours /Carbon Monoxide Natural Gas / LPG

>146 EX II 2GD GAS DETECTORS Vapori di Benzina / Monossido di Carbonio Gas Metano / Gas GPL

>148 ACCESSORIES

>148 RA/209 Electronic liquid detector (for non-flammable liquids)

>149 RTS/2 - RTS/6 IP heat detectors based on the deformation of a bimetallic element which closes a dry contact when the temperature is reached

>150 RTS/4 IP heat detectors based on the deformation of a bimetallic element which closes a dry contact when the temperature is reached

>150 RLB/1 - RLB/2 Linear heat detectors calibrated to 68° C and 105° C (certified)

GAS DETECTION SPECIAL DETECTORS

SPECIAL HEAT DETECTORS

HEAT DETECTORS

108

>CONVENTIONAL FIRE DETECTIONSYSTEMS

CONVENTIONALFIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS

2016CATALOGUE 109

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>111

>112

>113

>115

C/402 - C/404 CONTROL UNIT

C/420 CONTROL UNIT

CONVENTIONAL DETECTORS

CONVENTIONAL PUSHBUTTONS

CO

NVE

NTI

ON

AL

SYST

EMS

110

FIRE DETECTION

CONVENTIONALFIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS

CONVENTIONAL SYSTEMS

Elkron conventional systems are ideal for applications in industrial and office buil-dings. A range of remarkably versatile solutions, control units able to manage 2, 4

and 20 zones, a very simple user interface, a comprehen-sive offer: these are the key strengths of Elkron's detec-tion systems, which are desi-gned to meet any type of need.

C404 Conventionalcontrol unit

4476/24Bell

TM24Optical/acoustic

panel

FDT400 Optical heat

detector

FDO400 Smoke

detector

P440 Conventionalpushbutton

2016CATALOGUE 111

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

CONVENTIONAL SYSTEMS

C402 - C404 control unit

C402 item no. 80SC8000121Microprocessor based control unit with 2 zones

> Fire detection control units C402 and C404 control up to two and four independent zones, respectively, with 32 devices per zone as a maximum. Each line is considered as a zone and can be either activated or deactivated via a command from keypad. The control unit has two outputs: one general alarm siren output activated with at least one zone in alarm condition and one general malfunction siren output activated when a malfunction condition occurs either on the control unit or in a zone. General alarm siren output can be either activated or deactivated via keypad. Other outputs (relay, general alarm and zone alarm) are available on optional relay board. It is possible, for each single zone independently, to decide whether the alarm notification is to be sent with one alarmed device only (single consensus) or with at least two alarmed devices (double consensus). This helps prevent false alarms.

> Certified EN54 part 2 and part 4. No.0051-CPD-0338 > Power supply: 26.4 Vdc > Double threshold balanced lines > Pre-alarm absorption (single consensus): 20 mA > Alarm absorption (double consensus): 40 mA > Supervised siren output: 24Vdc @ 500 mA > Field output: 24 Vdc @ 500 mA > Malfunction relay output: 24 Vdc @ 1 A > Electric output protection > Non-volatile memory > Battery charge control depending on environment temperature > Battery charge limit > Programming keypad > Exclusion of single lines > Zone notifications: LED > Battery housing: 2 x 7 A - 12 Vdc batteries > Operating temperature: -5° ÷ +50° C > Material: ABS > Dimensions (W x H x D): 340 x 240 x 96 mm

C404 item no. 80SC8400121Microprocessor based control unit with 4 zones

> Same characteristics as C/402 > Certified EN54 part 2 and part 4. No.0051-CPD-0337

Accessories for C400 control units

MR402 item no. 80SC5410121Optional 2-relay output module for C402 control unit

> Optional modules MR402 and MR404 have 2 and 4 dry contact relay outputs, respectively, allowing to differentiate alarm notifications from each zone.

> Relays in each zone are activated:- at transition to the alarm status of one single device (zone programmed to single consensus)- at transition to the alarm status of two or more devices (zone programmed to double consensus).

> Optional modules MR402 and MR404 also feature one dry contact relay output giving notification of the alarm condition of any zone in the control unit. Contact type: in dry contact exchange,.

> Power supply: 26.4 Vdc > Maximum current: 1A with resistive load

MR404 item no. 80SC9810121Optional 4-relay output module for C404 control unit

> Same characteristics as MR402 board

MR402

C402

CO

NVE

NTI

ON

AL

SYST

EMS

112

FIRE DETECTION

CONVENTIONALFIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS

C420 control unit

C420 item no. 80SC8600121Fire detection control unit with 4 zones expandable up to 20.

> The new conventional control unit is modular and can control from 4 zones (standard configuration) up to 20 (with optional ML420 modules), to which it is possible to connect up to 512 devices. Each zone can manage up to 32 points or conventional devices, while the overall number of devices that can be managed by the control unit is 512. Each zone is associated to a relay that is activated when the zone enters an alarm condition. The control unit also features the following relay outputs: one alarm output, one siren output, one malfunction output, one programmable output for activation in case of power failure or exclusions, one supervised siren output. Four more supervised siren outputs can be added with the optional module MR420. Each of these outputs can be associated independently to one or more zones. The control unit features an alphanumeric 4x40 display and a 12-key keypad. It is also possible to connect a PS2 keypad for easier user input during the programming phase. The control unit features and event log that can store up to 1000 events.

> Certified EN54 part 2 and part 4. No.0051-CPD-0382 > Number of lines: 4 expandable up to 20 > Number of zones: 4 expandable up to 20 > Power supply: 25.5 Vdc ± 5% under no load conditions > Alarm absorption (single consensus): 20 mA > Alarm absorption (double consensus): 40 mA > Supervised siren output: 24 Vdc @ 500 mA > Field output: 24 Vdc @ 1A > Malfunction relay output: 30 Vdc @ 1 A > Non-volatile memory: yes > Exclusion of single lines: yes > Info visualisation: 40x4 LCD display > Battery housing: 2 x 12 V @ 12 A batteries > Material: Cover ABS - Base painted metal > Dimensions (W x H x D): 490 x 350 x 149 mm

Accessories for C420 control unit

ML420 item no. 80SC0910121Extension module 4 inputs/ 4 relay outputs

> Contact type: NO/NC dry contact, selectable via jumper > Maximum applicable voltage 30 Vdc > Maximum current 1A with resistive load

MR420 item no. 80SC0810121Module with 4 supervised outputs

> Output voltage 24 Vdc > 3300 Ω end-of-line resistor > Maximum output current 250 mA > Internal protection circuit - resettable

ML420

C420

MODULAR CONTROL UNIT 4 UP TO 20 ZONES

2016CATALOGUE 113

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

VISUAL smoke detector

FDO400 item no. 80SD7U00121Low-profile VISUAL smoke detector

> Smoke detectors work according to the light scattering principle caused by smoke particles present in the air. The smoke detector features an automatic gain control function; a microcontroller calculates reading compensation to keep constant sensitivity and corrects any level increase due to dust depositing into the analysis cell. Smoke detectors should be installed in places protected against draughts which may divert the flow of combustion particles and in places where the common activities performed do not cause the combustion of gases.

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to + 10%) > Average absorption at rest: 65 μA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 23 mA @ 20 Vdc > 3-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation - yellow maintenance required - green

flashing with a sequence of yellow flashing system malfunction. > Minimum reset time: 300 mS > Max relative humidity: 93% > Operating temperature: -10° ÷ +55° C > Material: ABS V0 > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 31 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 7, No. 1293-CPD-0189

Heat detector

FDT400 item no. 80SD8U00121Low-profile heat detector

> Heat detectors control the temperature inside the area where they are installed. > A micro controller analyses and compares the signal received from a precision heat detector of the NTC type, and activates the alarm if temperature goes over 58°C.

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to + 10%) > Average absorption at rest: 40 μA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 23 mA @ 20 Vdc > Static alarm threshold: 58° C ± 5% > 3-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation - green flashing with a sequence of yellow

flashing system malfunction. > Max relative humidity: 93% > Operating temperature: -10° ÷ +55° C > Material: ABS V0 > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 40 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 5 Class A1S, No. 1293-CPD-0179

Differential heat detector

FDTD400 item no. 80SD1V00121Low-profile differential heat detector

> Differential heat detectors control the temperature increase inside the area where they are installed. A micro controller analyses and compares the signal received from a precision heat detector of the NTC type, and activates the alarm if temperature increases by over 5°C per minute.

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to + 10%) > Average absorption at rest: 40 μA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 23 mA @ 20 Vdc > Static alarm threshold: 58° C ± 5% > 3-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation - green flashing with a sequence of yellow

flashing system malfunction. > Max relative humidity: 93% > Operating temperature: -10° ÷ +55° C > Material: ABS V0 > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 40 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 5 Class A1R, No. 1293-CPD-0180

FDO400

CONVENTIONAL DETECTORS

FDT400

FDTD400

CO

NVE

NTI

ON

AL

SYST

EMS

114

FIRE DETECTION

CONVENTIONALFIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS

CONVENTIONAL DETECTORS

FDOT400

Visual heat detector

FDOT400 item no. 80SD9U00121Low-profile VISUAL heat detector

> Dual-technology detectors (smoke-heat) work according to the light scattering principle caused by smoke particles present in the air (TYNDALL effect) and on temperature monitoring within the area where they are installed. A micro controller analyses and compares the signal received from a precision heat detector of the NTC type, and activates the alarm if temperature goes over 58°C. The smoke detector features an automatic gain control function; a microcontroller calculates reading compensation to keep constant sensitivity.

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to + 10%) > Average absorption at rest: 65 μA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 23 mA @ 20 Vdc > Static alarm threshold: 58° C ± 5% > 3-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation - yellow maintenance required - green

flashing with a sequence of yellow flashing system malfunction. > Minimum reset time: 300 mS > Max relative humidity: 93% > Operating temperature: -10° ÷ +55° C > Material: ABS V0 > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 40 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 5 class A1 and part 7, No. 1293-CPD-0178

NATURAL GAS DETECTOR

FDMET400 item no. 80SD2A00121Natural gas detector fitted with base with relay output The FDMET400 detectors allow to signal the presence of natural gas concentrations lower than the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.), i.e. 10%, long before an explosive mixture is composed. The detector is equipped with a relay alarm output with contact exchange (NO and NC), a malfunction output with optically isolated NC contact and two terminals to connect a power absorption line for conventional control units.

> Supply voltage: 11 ÷ 29 VDC > Absorption at rest: 60mA at 12 VDC - 30mA at 24 VDC > Alarm absorption: 70mA at 12 VDC - 40mA at 24 VDC > Line alarm absorption: 50mA at 24 VDC > Delay for alarm: 20 seconds > Delay for alarm reset: 30 seconds > Alarm threshold for detection: 10% LEL – 0.50% in volume > Alarm relay output: (NO-NC) 1A, 30 VDC resistive load > Malfunction output: optically isolated NC contact 20mA, 30 VDC > Operating temperature: 0 ÷ 40°C (max* -15 ÷ 55°C) > Humidity: 30 ÷ 95% (max* 0 ÷ 95%) > Weight: 110g > White ABS casing > Protection class IP30 > Dimensions Ø 90 x h 48 mm (base included)

FDMET400

2016CATALOGUE 115

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Pushbuttons

P445 item no. 80SB3500121Conventional red glass break alarm pushbutton

> Visual alarm repetition: red LED > Weight: 100 g > Alarm absorption: 20 mA @ 18 Vdc > Actuation type: breaking > Dimensions (W x H x D): 110 x 110 x 42 mm > Certified EN54 part 11, No. 1293-CPD-0169

P440 item no. 80SB3800121Conventional red manual reset alarm pushbutton

> Visual alarm repetition: red LED > Weight: 100 g > Alarm absorption: 20 mA @ 18 Vdc > Actuation type: manual reset > Dimensions (W x H x D): 110 x 110 x 42 mm > Certified EN54 part 11, No. 1293-CPD-0168

2570WP item no. 80SB3100123IP67 manual reset pushbutton

> Power supply: 9 ÷ 30 Vdc > Max current: 3 A > Contacts: 1 exchange > Material: ABS V0 > Operating temperature: -25°C ÷ +70°C (75% RH) > Reset key supplied > Protection degree: IP67 > Dimensions (W x H x D): 110 x 110 x 53 mm > Certified EN54 part 11

P445

P440

2570WP

CONVENTIONAL PUSHBUTTONS

LPG GAS DETECTOR

FDGPL400 item no. 80SD5200121Rilevatore di gas GPL completo di base c/uscita relèLPG gas detector fitted with base with relay output The FDGPL400 detectors allow to signal the presence of LPG concentrations lower than the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.), i.e. 10%, long before an explosive mixture is composed. The detector is equipped with a relay alarm output with contact exchange (NO and NC), a malfunction output with optically isolated NC contact and two terminals to connect a power absorption line for conventional control units.

> Supply voltage: 11 ÷ 29 VDC > Absorption at rest: 60mA at 12 VDC - 30mA at 24 VDC > Alarm absorption: 70mA at 12 VDC - 40mA at 24 VDC > Line alarm absorption: 50mA at 24 VDC > Delay for alarm: 20 seconds > Delay for alarm reset: 30 seconds > Alarm threshold for detection: 10% LEL – 0.18% in volume > Alarm relay output: (NO-NC) 1A, 30 VDC resistive load > Malfunction output: optically isolated NC contact 20mA, 30 VDC > Operating temperature: 0 ÷ 40°C (max* -15 ÷ 55°C) > Humidity: 30 ÷ 95% (max* 0 ÷ 95%) > Weight: 110g > White ABS casing > Protection class IP30 > Dimensions Ø 90 x h 48 mm (base included) FDGPL400

CO

NVE

NTI

ON

AL

SYST

EMS

>UNIVERSAL BASES DUCTED DETECTION

116UNIVERSAL BASES

DUCTEDDETECTION

1172016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>118

>119

DETECTOR BASES

DUCTED DETECTIONU

NIV

ERSA

L B

ASE

S FO

R D

UC

TED

DET

ECTI

ON

118

FIRE DETECTION

UNIVERSAL BASESDUCTEDDETECTION

DETECTOR BASES

Standard bases

SD500 item no. 80SD4K00121Standard base for FAP500 series digital detectors and 400 series conventional detectors

> The base is compatible with all FAP500 series digital detectors and 400 series conventional detectors

> Material: ABS > Colour: white > Dimensions: ø 90 mm

SD500R item no. 80SD5K00121Standard base with alarm repeater for FAP500 series digital detectors

> The base is compatible with all FAP500 series digital detectors, through its output it is possible to control an outdoor visual repeater directly

> Material: ABS > Colour: white > Dimensions: ø 90 mm > Alarm repetition output: 12 mA @ 24 Vdc

SD515 item no. 80SD2V00121Counterbase for 500 series bases

SD500RL item no. 80SD1W00121Standard base with relay output

> The base is compatible with all 400 series conventional detectors and FAP500 series digital detectors, through its output it is possible to control an outdoor visual repeater directly (with auxiliary power unit)

> Dry contact relay output: 1 A @ 30 V > Material: ABS > Colour: WHITE > Dimensions: ø 90 mm

SD500

1192016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

R/820 item no. 80SD3L10121The analysis chamber for ducted detection was designed to check for the presence of smoke in air ducts and allows to timely detect a spreading fire.

> Inside the analysis chamber it is possible to place analogue and digital optical smoke detectors, as well as conventional optical smoke detectors. The ZB/200 connection base is located inside the chamber.

> Casing in thermoplastic material; plexiglas window for sensor local alarm visual control. > Two 500 mm long PVC probes > Dimensions (W x H x D): 168 x 220 x 105 mm

DUCTED DETECTION

R/820

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

N

>DIGITAL SYSTEM

120DIGITAL

SYSTEM

1212016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>124

>125

>125

>125

FAP 541

FAP 544

FAP 548

FAP 5416

DIG

ITA

L SY

STEM

S

122

FIRE DETECTION

DIGITALSYSTEM

FAP500 SYSTEM

FAP 500 is a modular, flexible digital system, EN54-approved and available in 4 control unit models, all with extension capability. The system stands out from the competition for its address teach-in functionality, available in any installation mode. In addition, the system is provided with a short circuit isolator built into all components. The FAP 500 system allows to interface easily with extinguishing systems and ensures an excellent protection level.

High system flexibility.FAP system relies on the most technologically advanced control units on the market:they can connect via network with other control units, interface with extinguishing systems and guarantee excellent performance and simple installation, programming and management. The system is modular, flexible and includes 4 control unit models:

> digital control unit with 1 loop (FAP 541) > digital control unit with 2 loops expandable up to 4 (FAP 544) > digital control unit with 4 loops expandable up to 8 (FAP 548) > digital control unit with 8 loops expandable up to 16 (FAP 5416)

The line can be connected in 3 different ways, guaranteeing automatic device teach-in (detector, device, pushbutton, etc...)

> closed loop line > open lines (in/out connection) > open lines (parallel connection)

Easy programming.Thanks to its inherent flexibility, this system allows to meet all installation needs, making for a simple and fast setup. Each configuration type can be easily programmed via either control unit keypad or PC. All control units are prearranged for communicating on the network through a LAN TCP/IP interface, a communication port for Master/Slave functions, a printer connection port, an optically isolated RS485 port for interfacing repeating panels and extinguishing control units, a USB port for downloading data and system configuration via PC, a communication interface for transmitting events via GPRS/GSM/PSTN. Everything can be kept under control even remotely, thanks to the new software platform allowing communication between Elkron systems and remote transmission of system data.

1232016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

FAP500 SYSTEM

FAP 500 SERIES CONTROL UNITS

The control units of the FAP500 system are modular: they are supplied with a standard configuration and can be expanded by adding peripheral devices and extra functions. It is possible to manage a minimum of 1 up to 16 addressed loop.

ConnectivityRS485 communication port Communication port for LAN TCP/IP networkPrinter connection portCommunication port for MASTER/SLAVE connection Connection for 16 remote panelsConfiguration/programming/remote assistance software management via PCGraphic maps management / remote managementExternal communication via GSMExternal communication via PSTN

CONTROL UNIT RELAY

CONTROLLED SIREN OUTPUTSELF-POWERED SIREN OUTPUTALARM RELAYSIREN RELAYMALFUNCTION RELAYPROGRAMMABLE RELAY

PRINTERMODULE

OUTPUTRS232

FOR REMOTE PANELS (16 MAX)

MASTER/SLAVEFOR EXTINGUISHINGCONTROL UNITS AND FAP500 CONTROL UNITS

PROGRAMMINGFROM PC

USB PORT

LAN

PS2

EXTENSIONMODULE

FA128

FDOT500 + SD500R

LR500

FM500R

MODULEIO500

SINGLE-SIDE PLATEA

FDT500 + SD500R

LR500SI

FDO500 + SD500

MODULE RS232/485

LOOP LINE128 POINTS MAX

MODULEIMO500 LINEAR DETECTORS

SINGLE-SIDE PLATE

ELECTROMAGNETS

EXTERNALPOWER UNIT

CONTROL

FAP500

KEYPAD

DIG

ITA

L SY

STEM

S

124

FIRE DETECTION

DIGITALSYSTEM

FAP541 Control Unit

FAP541 item no. 80SC6100121Microprocessor control unit with 1 loop line

> Configuration: 1 loop line (class A) or 2 open lines (class B) > Possibility of managing up to 128 points per loop > Point teach-in and point logic address > 4 x 40 digits backlit display > Event log: 1,000 events > Event history shown on display > 10 passwords programmable on 3 levels > 480 programmable zones > USB port for connection to local PC for programming via SW > Possibility of monitoring detector signal/noise ratio level > Built-in real time clock with buffer battery > Non-volatile memory > Alarm data saved on devices > Monitoring of the first 10 devices entering alarm status with digital time-trend visualisation > Control unit outputs: 4 [siren relay, alarm relay, malfunction relay, programmable relay (power failure/exclusion)]

> Internal buzzer > Exclusion of individual point /zone > Power supply: 230 Vac > Maximum output current: 1.5 A@24 Vdc > Battery charge limit and battery status check > Battery housing: 2x 12 A @ 12 Vdc batteries > Possibility of implementing at least 2 Km loop with 2 x 1.5 mm2 screened

cable > Noise immunity up to 30 Vm > Communication protocol shared by all system control units > Dimensions (W x H x D): 490 x 350 x 145 mm > Certified EN54 part 2 class and part 4, No. 0051-CPD-0240 FAP541

1 LOOP LINE CONTROL UNIT

1252016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

FAP544 Control Unit

FAP544 item no. 80SC6200121Microprocessor based control unit with 2 loop lines expandable up to 4

> Basic configuration: 2 loop lines (class A) or 4 open lines (class B) > Maximum configuration: 4 loop lines (class A) or 8 open lines (class B) > Possibility of managing up to 128 points per loop > Point teach-in and point logic address > 240*128 - 4.7 “ backlit graphic display > Event log: 1,000 events > Event history shown on display > 10 passwords programmable on 3 levels > 480 programmable zones > USB port for connection to local PC for programming via SW > Possibility of monitoring detector signal/noise ratio level > Built-in real time clock with buffer battery > Non-volatile memory > Alarm data saved on devices > Monitoring of the first 10 devices entering alarm status with graphic and digital time-trend visualisation

> Control unit outputs: 4 [siren relay, alarm relay, malfunction relay, programmable relay (power failure/exclusion)]

> Internal buzzer > Exclusion of individual point /zone > Power supply: 230 Vac > Maximum output current: 1.5 A @ 24 Vdc > Battery charge limit and battery status check > Battery housing: 2x 12 A @ 12 Vdc batteries > Possibility of implementing at least 2 Km loop with 2 x 1.5 mm2 screened

cable > Noise immunity up to 30 Vm > Communication protocol shared by all system control units > Dimensions (W x H x D): 490 x 350 x 145 mm > Certified EN54 part 2 class and part 4, No. 0051-CPD-0239

FAP548 Control unit

FAP548 item no. 80SC6600121Microprocessor control unit with 4 loop lines expandable to 8

> Same as FAP544 > Certified EN54 part 2 and part 4, No. 0051-CPD-0238

FAP5416 Control unit

FAP5416 item no. 80SC6700121Microprocessor control unit with 8 loop lines expandable to 16

> Same as FAP544 > Certified EN54 part 2 and part 4, No. 0051-CPD-0237

FAP544

4, 8 AND 16 LOOP LINE CONTROL UNITS

DIG

ITA

L SY

STEM

S

126

FIRE DETECTION

DIGITALSYSTEM

Extension module

FA128 item no. 80SC33101211 loop extension module

> The extension module enables to expand the control unit by 1 loop line or 2 open lines. It is possible to connect up to 128 points (detectors, pushbuttons, interfaces). The module, to be directly installed on the control unit backplane, enables the acquisition and control of the connected devices. Connection with devices can be implemented with closed loop line or with open loop line. Configuration is made during programming.

Accessories

FKP500 item no. 80KP5200121Remote Panel

> The repeating panel enables active and constant monitoring of every event. The FAP500 control unit can manage up to 16 remote panels; connection to the control unit and to other panels (if any) is made by means of RS485 optically isolated port. Panel identification address is made via on board switch. Information is displayed on backlit 4 line 40 character display. Power supply, exclusions/reactivations, alarms and malfunctions are indicated by a series of LEDs. A keypad with specific keys for commands to and from the control unit is available for the user.

IO500 item no. 80SC3A00121Multipurpose module 1 input/ 1 output

> This digital multipurpose module with 1 input and 1 output can be used as an output module (MU), an input module for stable dry contacts (LI), or an input module for impulse contacts (PI). It allows to connect conventional detectors with dry contacts (NC/NO), probes or other devices (panels, electromagnetic stops, sirens, etc.).The module features 1 freely programmable input or output.

> Power supply: 10 ÷ 24 Vdc > Absorption: 250 uA @ 24 Vdc > Relay output: 1 A 30 Vdc with resistive load > Alarm repeater output: 12 mA max, with ext. power supply 750 mA max > Operating temperature: -5 ÷ +50°C > Relative humidity: 95% non condensing > Certified EN54 part 17 and part 18, No. 1293-CPD-0137

IO501 item no. 80SC2N00121Miniaturised output module

> The IO501 module is equipped with short circuit isolator and is an actuator module (MU) with dry contact output. It does not require any external power supply but it is powered directly by the detection line. A jumper present on the module allows to select the output contact, if normally open or closed. The module is equipped with an input for the supervision of the local supply voltage (24 VDC) of the equipment to control: a lack of such voltage or its undesired presence is indicated by the control unit module. Suitable for installation inside HPA700F sounder and TM24 panels.

> Certified EN54 part 17 and part 18, No. 1293-CPD-0353

IOM500 item no. 80SC3B00121Multipurpose module 4 inputs/ 4 outputs

> The multipurpose digital module with 4 inputs 4 outputs has the same features as the IO500 module. Programmable via control unit, it can act as an output module (MU) or input module for stable dry contacts (LI). It allows to connect conventional detectors with dry contacts (NC/NO), probes or other devices (panels, electromagnetic stops, sirens, etc.).The module has 4 inputs or 4 outputs that can be freely programmed.

> Certified EN54 part 17 and part 18, No. 1293-CPD-0220

MC500 item no. 80SC1E10121Concentrator module

> The MC500 module is equipped with short circuit isolator and allows the connection of conventional detectors on FAP500 series addressed system.

> The MC500 module is equipped with:• Supervised conventional detection line on which it is possible to connect up to 32 detectors max.• Supervised sounder output on which it is possible to connect an alarm signaller directly controlled

by the module that switches into alarm mode > The MC500 module can be programmed, through control unit, to operate with single or double consensus. In the first operating mode, when a detector switches to alarm condition, the module reports this to the control unit and activates automatically its sounder output; in the second mode, instead, the activation of the sounder output takes place when the second detector switches to alarm condition.

FA128

IO500

IOM500

FAP500 SYSTEM: MODULES AND ACCESSORIES

IO501

MC500

1272016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

> The sounder output, when active, can be switched off or on directly by the control unit. > For its proper operation, the module requires to be powered with an external 24 VDC > source. > Certified EN54 part 17 and part 18, No. 1293-CPD-0351

RS232/485 item no. 80IT1410121 > RS232/485 interface for master/slave and remote panel.

ITB500 item no. 80IT1710121Bathroom pull cord interface

> The bathroom pull cord interface can connect a button to a pull cord, present in all hotel bathrooms, and identify it with a unique address on the FAP500 series digital smoke detection system.

ITG500 item no. 80IT18101214-20 mA interface for gas detectors.

> The interface is used to connect a 4-20mA gas detector. Module operation is of multi-threshold type and alarm thresholds can be either selected via micro switches or programmed through the control unit.

> The interface can be set at alarm condition generation for excessive or insufficient gas presence.

ML54FAP item no. 80SC1M10121Area 54 line module for FAP500 control unitsThis new line module allows to connect the field of an existing AREA54 system and to interface with FAP500 control units like an ordinary FA128 extension module.With this module, it is possible to replace an old AREA54 system gradually with a new one managed by the FAP500 control unit.

> Used in combination with FAP500 control units > Mechanical dimensions same as FA128 module > Electrical interface same as FA128 module > Serial communication format with control unit same as FA128 module > Controls same as FA128 module > No FAP control unit firmware modification required for module management > The module can be used in combination with the FA128 module > Communication and management of another detection line of the Area54 system > Maximum number of devices managed: 128 > 1 loop line, 2 open lines

SOFT/FAP500 item no. 80SW3500121Configuration software

> The software allows system configuration acquisition by reading the data stored on the control unit. It enables to download and program the configuration and parameters of each single device.

GRAPHIC MAPS/FAP500 item no. 80SW3600121Supervision software with graphic maps.

> This software enables full network management of one or more control units. The system can be managed and controlled remotely or locally.

LAN/TCP/IP500 item no. 80IT1510121 > LAN/TCP/IP interface > Allows to connect several FAP500 control units to a LAN

ITS500 item no. 80IT1610121 > Printer interface

MGSM500 item no. 80CT6010121 > Modem interface for GSM

MPSTN500 item no. 80CT5910121 > Modem interface for PSTN

LAN/TCP/IP500

ML54FAP

MGSM500

FAP500 SYSTEM: MODULES AND ACCESSORIES

DIG

ITA

L SY

STEM

S

128

FIRE DETECTION

DIGITALSYSTEM

Photo-optical smoke detector

FDO500 item no. 80SD4800121Low-profile photo-optical smoke detector, complete with teach-in circuit and short-circuit isolator

> Smoke detectors work according to the light scattering principle caused by smoke particles present in the air. The smoke detector features an automatic gain control function; a microcontroller calculates reading compensation to keep constant sensitivity and corrects any level increase due to dust depositing into the analysis cell. Smoke detectors should be installed in places protected against draughts which may divert the flow of combustion particles and in places where the common activities performed do not cause the combustion of gases

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to +10%) > Average absorption at rest: 250 uA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 2 mA @ 20 Vdc > Two-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation > Max relative humidity: 93% > Operating temperature: 0 ÷ +50°C > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 31 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 7 and part 17, No. 1293-CPD-0138

Heat detector

FDT500 item no. 80SD5700121Low-profile heat detector, complete with teach-in circuit and short-circuit isolator

> Heat detectors control the temperature inside the area where they are installed. A micro controller analyses and compares the signal received from a precision heat detector of the NTC type, and activates the alarm if temperature goes over 58°C

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to + 10%) > Average absorption at rest: 250 uA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 2 mA @ 20 Vdc > Static alarm threshold: 58° C > Two-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation. > Max relative humidity: 93% > Operating temperature: 0 ÷ +50°C > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 40 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 5 and part 17, No. 1293-CPD-0140

FDO500

FDT500

FAP500 SYSTEM: DETECTORS

Pushbuttons

FM500 item no. 80SB6000121Manual reset pushbutton, complete with teach-in circuit and short-circuit isolator.

> Fire alarm pushbuttons are used for manual alarm notification. To use the manual reset pushbutton model just press the glass in the middle in order to break it and to operate the internal switch. These pushbuttons are provided with a special tool to be used to reset the glass and open the cover. The alarm status is indicated by the switching on of a red LED.

> Certified EN54 part 11 and part 17, No. 1293-CPD-0135.

FMR500 item no. 80SB6100121Glass-break pushbutton, complete with teach-in circuit and short-circuit isolator

> To use the glass-break push-button model just press the glass in the middle in order to push it inwards, thereby operating the switch. These pushbuttons are provided with a special tool to be used to open the cover and to replace the glass. The alarm status is indicated by the switching on of a red LED.

> Certified EN54 part 11 and part 17, No. 1293-CPD-0136

FAP500 SYSTEM: PUSHBUTTONS

FM500

1292016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Differential heat detector

FDTD500 item no. 80SD9000121Low-profile differential heat detector, complete with teach-in circuit and short-circuit isolator

> Differential heat detectors control the temperature increase inside the area where they are installed. A micro controller analyses and compares the signal received from a precision heat detector of the NTC type, and activates the alarm if temperature increases by over 5°C per minute

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to + 10%) > Average absorption at rest: 250 uA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 2 mA @ 20 Vdc > Static alarm threshold: 58° C > Two-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation > Relative humidity max: 93%. > Operating temperature: 0 ÷ +50°C > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 40 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 5 class A1R and part 17, No. 1293-CPD-0141

Optical heat detector

FDOT500 item no. 80SD9K00121Low-profile optical heat detector, complete with teach-in circuit and short-circuit isolator

> Dual-technology detectors (smoke-heat) work according to the light scattering principle caused by smoke particles present in the air (TYNDALL effect) and on temperature monitoring within the area where they are installed. A micro controller analyses and compares the signal received from a precision heat detector of the NTC type, and activates the alarm if temperature goes over 58°C. The smoke detector features an automatic gain control function; a microcontroller calculates reading compensation to keep constant sensitivity

> Supply voltage: 20 Vdc (modulated voltage from -15% to + 10%) > Average absorption at rest: 250 uA @ 20 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 2 mA @ 20 Vdc > Static alarm threshold: 58° > Two-colour LED: red alarm - green normal operation > Max relative humidity: 93% > Operating temperature: 0 ÷ +50°C > Weight: 70 g > Dimensions: ø 90 x 40 (H) mm > Certified EN54 part 5 class A1, part 7 and part 17, No. 1293-CPD-0139

FDTD500

FDOT500

FAP500 SYSTEM: DETECTORS

DBS item no. 80SD9H10123Smoke detector test bottle

DETECTOR INSPECTION ACCESSORIES

DIG

ITA

L SY

STEM

S

EXTINGUISHINGCONTROL UNIT130

>EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM

1312016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>133 CDS

EXTI

NG

UIS

HIN

G S

YSTE

M

132

FIRE DETECTION

EXTINGUI-SHING

CONTROL UNIT

LOCAL RESET BUTTON

ZONE 2ZONE 1

GASVALVE

LOCAL RESET BUTTON

ZONE 1SMOKE DETECTOR

ZONE 1SMOKE DETECTOR

ZONE 1SMOKE DETECTOR

ZONE 2SMOKE DETECTOR

ZONE 2SMOKE DETECTOR

ZONE 2SMOKE DETECTOR

DETECTION LINE

DETECTION LINE

EXTINGUISHING UNITCOMMAND OUTPUT

DETECTION LINE

GASVALVE

EXTINGUISHING CONTROL UNIT

CDS

1332016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

CDS item no. 80SC3600121Extinguishing control unit with 1 loop, expandable up to 2

> The CDS extinguishing control unit is a non-expandable, 1 loop, microprocessor based control unit that manages the same devices as the FAP500 system and also incorporates an extinguishing module, preset for extension up to 2

> The ECU is fully compliant with EN 12094-1 and EN54-part 2 and part 4 European Standards. Certification number: 0051-CPD-0177

Extinguishing module features > Flow switch input > Pressure switch input > Emergency extension input > Manual discharge activation input > Input for discharge activation through an external control unit > Release "ON" relay (NO or NC contact 1A max) > Emergency extension relay (NO or NC contact 1A max) > Evacuation siren output (250 mA max.) > Release output 1 (Pilot, 750 mA max) > Release output 2 (Solenoid valve, 750 mA max)

Detection line features > Configuration: 1 loop line (class A) or 2 open lines (class B) > Possibility of managing up to 128 points per loop > Point teach-in and point logic address > 4 x 40 digits backlit display > Event log: 1,000 events > Event history shown on display > 10 passwords programmable on 3 levels > 480 programmable zones > USB port for connection to local PC for programming via SW > Possibility of monitoring detector signal/noise ratio level > Built-in real time clock with buffer battery > Non-volatile memory > Control unit outputs: 4 [siren relay, alarm relay, malfunction relay, programmable relay (power

failure/exclusion)] > Internal buzzer > Programmable alarm threshold: for zone, for individual point > Exclusion of individual point /zone > Power supply: 230 Vac > Maximum output current: 1.5 A @ 24 Vdc > Battery charge limit and battery status check > Battery housing: 2x 12 A @ 12 Vdc batteries > Possibility of implementing max 2 Km loop with 2 x 1.5 mm² screened cable > Noise immunity up to 30 Vm > Communication protocol shared by all system control units > Dimensions (W x H x D): 490 x 350 x 145 mm

ESPCDS item no. 80SC3510121Extension to 1 module for extinguishing control unit.

CDS

ESPCDS

CDS CONTROL UNIT

EXTI

NG

UIS

HIN

G S

YSTE

M

WIRELESSSTAND-ALONESYSTEM134

>WIRELESS STAND-ALONE SYSTEM

1352016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ELES

S ST

AN

D-A

LON

E SY

STEM

>136

>137

>138

>140

CENTRAL UNIT

ACCESSORIES

DETECTORS

ACTUATORS

136

FIRE DETECTION

WIRELESSSTAND-ALONESYSTEM

MC100 item no. 80SC0700123 Control unit module

> �The�MC100�module�is�a�device�that�allows�to�interface�a�wireless�fire�detection�system�to�a�conventional�or�digital�fire�detection�system.

> The MC100 module requires the wired connection to the control unit and the radio connection to all the�field�wireless�devices.

> The�module�can�be�connected�to�the�conventional�detection�control�unit�directly�through�the�absorption�line�and�to�the�FAP�digital�system�through�the�MC500�module�item�no.�80SC1E10121.

> The radio communication between the MC100 module and its accessories occurs through bidirectional�protocol.�The�module�can�be�easily�configured�only�from�personal�computer�with�“Wirelex�Fire”�software�through�RS232�serial�connection.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency:�868�MHz > Modulation�frequency:�FSK > Operating�frequency�channels:�7 > Radiated�power�emitted�5�dBm:�(3mW) > Supply�voltage:�9�Vdc�÷�30�Vdc�(typical�12�Vdc) > Minimum�voltage�threshold�for�power�supply�malfunction�signal:�9�VDC > Applied�voltage�to�conventional�line�of�control�unit:�equal�to�supply�voltage�of�the�device > Maximum�voltage�of�alarm�warning�line:�27�VDC > Maximum�current�consumption:�60�mA�at�12�VDC�(in�alarm�condition) > Operating�temperature:�-30°C�to�+50°C > Weight:�330�g > Dimensions�(with�antenna:�)�190�x�230�x�50�mm > Dimensions�(without�antenna):�120�x�160�x�50�mm > Protection�class:�IP51C > Software�required�for�“Wirelex-Fire”�system�configuration,�5.0�revision�or�later > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�25�and�part�18

ESPMC100 item no. 80SC3K10123Add-on module

> The�ESPMC100�add-on�module�allows�expanding�the�radio�coverage�of�the�radio�fire�detection�system.�The�ESPMC100�module�is�connected�via�radio�to�the�module�of�MC100�system�and,�in�case,�to�other�ESPMC100�add-on�modules,�in�order�to�ensure�the�suitable�radio�signal�with�the�field�sensors.

> The�data�communication�among�MC100,�ESPMC100�modules�and�the�field�devices�(detectors,�manual�push-buttons,�sounders,�input�and�output�modules,�etc.)�occurs�in�radio�mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> The�module�can�be�easily�configured�only�from�personal�computer�with�“Wirelex�Fire”�software�through�RS232�serial�connection.�The�add-on�module�is�not�powered�by�battery�but�requires�an�external�power�supply.

> Radio communication distance with MC100 central module or other ESPMC100 add-on modules: 600�m�(in�free�range)

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�field�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Maximum�number�of�ESPMC100�modules�that�can�be�connected�to�a�MC100�central�unit:�7 > Operating�frequency�868�MHz > Operating�channels�7 > Power�emitted:�5�dBm�(3mW) > Supply�voltage:�9�VDC�-�30�VDC > Minimum�voltage�threshold�for�power�supply�malfunction�signal�(main�and�secondary�power�supply):�11�VDC�(±�0.5�VDC)

> Current�consumption:�15�mA�at�24�VDC�-�30�mA�at�12�VDC > Operating�temperature�-30°C�÷�+50°C > Weight�300�g > Dimensions�(with�antenna)�190�mm�x�230�mm�x�50�mm > Dimensions�(without�antenna):�120�x�160�x�50�mm > Protection�class:�IP51C > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�25�and�part�18 > Software�required�for�“Wirelex-Fire”�system�configuration,�5.0�revision�or�later

CENTRAL UNIT

MC100

ESPMC100

1372016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

WIR

ELES

S ST

AN

D-A

LON

E SY

STEM

ACCESSORIES

MI100 item no. 80SC3L10123Input module

> The�MI100�input�module�is�a�battery-operated�device�that�transmits�the�status�of�an�equipment�to�the�fire�detection�central�station�through�MC100�control�unit�module.

> The�module�has�a�monitored�input�of�the�ON/OFF�type�that�must�be�connected�to�a�normally-open�contact�and�controlled�by�the�equipment�to�be�controlled.�If�the�contact�is�closed,�the�wireless�input�module�sends�an�alarm�message�to�the�MC100�module�that�reports�it�to�the�fire�detection�control�unit�connected�to�it.

> The�module�input�is�of�the�supervised�type�and�uses�a�line�end�resistor�that�must�be�placed�close�and in parallel to the alarm contact on the device to check; an opening or a short-circuit of the connection line between the module input and the device contact generates a fault message from the input�module�towards�the�MC100�module�and�the�subsequent�report�to�the�fire�detection�control�unit.

> Alarm�and�fault�signals�can�reach�the�MC100�module�directly�or�through�one�or�more�ESPMC100�radio�add-on�modules.

> Communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in radio mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency:�868�MHz > Modulation�frequency:�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Power�emitted:�5�dBm�(3mW)�typical�value > Message�transmission�period�60�seconds�-�Preset�period > Main�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Battery�duration:�3�years�in�standard�working�condition > Secondary�battery:�CR2032�(3�VDC)�type.�Average�duration:�2�months > Protection�class:�IP65 > Preset�for�fairlead:�6�x�M16/20 > Operating�temperature:�-30°C�to�+55°C > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�25�and�part�18

MU100 item no. 80SC3M10123Output module

> The�MU100�output�module�is�a�battery-operated�device�that�allows�activation,�switching�and/or�deactivation�of�electric�circuits�connected�to�its�outputs.�The�activation/switching�command�is�sent�by�the�fire�detection�control�unit�through�MC100�module�or�ESPMC100�module.

> The�output�module�is�provided�with�the�following�outputs:�12/24�VDC�output�and�relay�output�in�exchange

> Communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in radio mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency:�868�MHz > Modulation�frequency:�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Power�emitted:�5�dBm�(3mW)�typical�value > Message�transmission�period�60�seconds�-�Preset�period > Main�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Battery�duration:�3�years�in�standard�working�condition > Secondary�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Average�duration:�2�months > Protection�class�IP65 > Preset�for�fairlead�6�x�M16/20 > Operating�temperature�-30°C�÷�+55°C�-�Relay�output�only > Operating�temperature�-10°C�÷�+55°C�-�12/24�output�set�to�12�VDC > Operating�temperature�0°C�÷�+55°C�-�12/24�output�set�to�24�VDC > 12/24�VDC:�maximum�output�current�12�VDC�(±10%):�40�mA > 12/24�VDC:�maximum�output�current�24�VDC�(±10%):�20�mA > Relay�output:�maximum�switching�voltage:�30�VDC > Relay�output:�maximum�switching�current:�2�A > Relay�output:�maximum�switching�power:�60�W > Terminals�-�wire�section�0.5�÷�2.5�mm > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�25�and�part�18 MU100

MI100

138

FIRE DETECTION

WIRELESSSTAND-ALONESYSTEM

FDO100 item no. 80SD4W00123Smoke detector with base

> �The�FDO100�smoke�optic�detector�checks�constantly�the�air�in�the�protected�area�in�order�to�promptly�trigger�the�fire�alarm�if�necessary�and,�at�the�same�time,�offer�a�high�protection�level�against�false�alarms.

> The alarm condition occurs when the smoke level inside the optical chamber exceeds the alarm threshold;�in�this�case�an�alarm�message�is�sent�to�the�MC100�module�that�reports�it�to�the�fire�detection�control�unit�connected�to�it.

> The�alarm�signal�can�reach�the�MC100�module�directly�or�through�one�or�more�ESPMC100�add-on�modules.

> The�latest�generation�openings�for�smoke�entry�into�the�optical�chamber�ensure�a�a�very�high�protection�level�against�dust�penetration,�increasing�the�interval�between�maintenance�operations.

> The communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in�radio�mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency�868�MHz > Modulation�type�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Power�emitted�5�dBm�(3mW)�-�typical�value > Message�transmission�period�60�sec�-�Default�value > Main�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Battery�duration:�3�years�in�standard�working�condition > Secondary�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Average�duration:�2�months > Dimensions�110�mm�x�65�mm�-�Mounting�base�included > Weight�130�g�-�Mounting�base�included > Protection�class�IP21C > Maximum�humidity�95%�RH�-�Non�condensing > Operating�temperature�-10°C�÷�+55°C > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�7�and�part�25

FDOT100 item no. 80SD5W00123Optical heat detector with base

> �The�FDOT100�optical�heat�detector�analyses�air�and�temperature�in�the�protected�area�in�order�to�promptly�trigger�the�fire�alarm�if�necessary�and,�at�the�same�time,�offer�a�high�protection�level�against�false�alarms.�The�alarm�condition�occurs�when:•�the�smoke�quantity�in�the�optical�chamber�exceeds�the�alarm�threshold• the temperature or the thermal variation within a certain time frame exceeds the alarm

threshold. > �In�one�of�these�conditions,�an�alarm�message�is�sent�to�the�MC100�module�which�reports�it�to�the�fire�detection�control�unit�connected�to�it.

> The�alarm�signal�can�reach�the�MC100�module�directly�or�through�one�or�more�ESPMC100�add-on�modules.

> The�latest�generation�openings�for�smoke�entry�into�the�optical�chamber�ensure�a�very�high�protection�level�against�dust�penetration,�increasing�the�interval�between�maintenance�operations.

> The communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in�radio�mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency�868�MHz > Modulation�type�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Power�emitted�5�dBm�(3mW)�-�typical�value > Message�transmission�period�60�sec�-�Default�value > Main�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Battery�duration:�3�years�in�standard�working�condition > Secondary�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Average�duration:�2�months > Dimensions�110�mm�x�65�mm�-�Mounting�base�included > Weight�130�g�-�Mounting�base�included > Protection�class�IP21C > Maximum�humidity�95%�RH�-�Non�condensing > Operating�temperature�-10°C�÷�+55°C > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�7,�part�5�and�part�25

DETECTORS

FDO 100

FDO 100

1392016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

DETECTORS

FDT100 item no. 80SD6W00123Heat detector with base

> �The�FDT100�heat�detector�detects�the�temperature�in�the�protected�area�to�promptly�trigger�the�fire�alarm�and,�at�the�same�time,�offers�a�high�protection�level�against�false�alarms.�The�alarm�condition occurs when the temperature or the thermal variation within a certain time frame exceeds�the�alarm�threshold.

> In�one�of�these�conditions,�an�alarm�message�is�sent�to�the�MC100�module�which�reports�it�to�the�fire�detection�control�unit�connected�to�it.

> The�alarm�signal�can�reach�the�MC100�module�directly�or�through�one�or�more�ESPMC100�add-on�modules.

> The communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in�radio�mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency�868�MHz > Modulation�type�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Power�emitted�5�dBm�(3mW)�-�typical�value > Message�transmission�period�60�sec�-�Default�value > Main�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Battery�duration:�3�years�in�standard�working�condition > Secondary�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Average�duration:�2�months > Dimensions�110�mm�x�65�mm�-�Mounting�base�included > Weight�130�g�-�Mounting�base�included > Protection�class�IP21C > Maximum�humidity�95%�RH�-�Non�condensing > Operating�temperature�-10°C�÷�+55°C > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�5�and�part�25

PA100 item no. 80SB3200123Reset push-button

> The PA100 reset push-button is a device that allows to trigger an alarm condition through a�pressure�on�the�front�on�the�device.�The�pressure�produces�the�transmission�of�an�alarm�message�to�the�MC100�module�that�reports�it�to�the�fire�detection�control�unit�connected�to�it.

> The�alarm�signal�can�reach�the�MC100�module�directly�or�through�one�or�more�ESPMC100�add-on�modules.

> The communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in�radio�mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> The�manual�push-button�is�of�resettable�type�and�after�its�activation�can�be�reset�by�simply�using�the�proper�key�supplied.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency�868�MHz > Modulation�type�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Power�emitted�5�dBm�(3mW)�-�typical�value > Main�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Battery�duration:�3�years�in�standard�working�condition > Secondary�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Average�duration:�2�months > Voltage�range�approved�2.75�VDC�÷�3.20�VDC > Dimensions�86�mm�x�86�mm�x�59�mm > Weight�186�g�-�Without�battery > Operating�temperature�-10°C�÷�+55°C > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�11�and�part�25

FDO 100

PA 100

WIR

ELES

S ST

AN

D-A

LON

E SY

STEM

140

FIRE DETECTION

WIRELESSSTAND-ALONESYSTEM

HPF100 item no. 80HS2300123Loudspeaker sounder

> The�HPF100�sounder�is�a�sound-emitting�device�that�is�activated�by�the�central�station�in�case�of�a�fire.�The�activation�signal�provided�by�the�control�unit�passes�through�the�MC100�module�and,�if�present,�through�ESPMC100�add-on�modules�that�ensure�the�wireless�coverage�of�the�system.

> The communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in�radio�mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> The�sounder�has�three�sound�tonalities:�the�installer�can�programme,�during�installation�phase,�both�the�desired�tonality�and�the�desired�volume.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency�868�MHz > Modulation�type�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Main�and�secondary�battery�CR123A�(3VDC)�type�-�Duration�3�years�in�standard�working�conditions

> Voltage�variation�approved�2.75�÷�3.20�VDC > Current�in�alarm�condition�70mA > Operating�temperature�-10°C�÷�+55°C > Maximum�humidity�95%�RH�-�Non�condensing > Protection�class�IP21C > Generated�sound�intensity�(adjustable):�Maximum�sound�intensity�between�78dB�and�94dB�according�to�the�angle�and�the�selected�tonality

> Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�3�and�part�25

ACTUATORS

HPF�100

1412016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

HPFL100 item no. 80HS2400123Flashing light

> �The�HPFL100�flashing�light�is�an�output�device�that,�activated�by�the�fire�detection�central�unit,�blinks�in�case�of�an�alarm�or�in�emergency�conditions.�The�activation�signal�provided�by�the�control�unit�passes�through�the�MC100�module�and,�if�present,�through�ESPMC100�add-on�modules�that�ensure�the�wireless�coverage�of�the�system.

> The communication between the input module and MC100 and ESPMC100 modules takes place in�radio�mode�through�a�bidirectional�protocol.

> Distance�of�radio-communication�with�radio�devices:�200�m�(in�free�range) > Operating�frequency�868�MHz > Modulation�type�FSK > Operating�channels:�7 > Power�emitted�5�dBm�(3mW)�-�typical�value > Main�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Battery�duration:�3�years�in�standard�working�condition > Secondary�battery:�CR123A�(3�VDC)�type.�Average�duration:�2�months > Minimum�consumption�in�alarm�mode�at�24VDC�(0.5�Cd�with�1�Hz�blinking)�3mA > Maximum�consumption�in�alarm�mode�at�24VDC�(1�Cd�and�0.5�Hz�blinking)�6mA > Light�intensity�(user-selectable)�0.5�/�1�Cd > Blinking�frequency�(user-selectable)�0.5�/�1�Hz > Dimensions�93�mm�x�53�mm�-�Mounting�base�included > Weight 110 g - Mounting base included > Protection�class�IP21C > Tolerated�humidity�range�5%�÷�95%�RH�-�Non�condensing > Operating�temperature�-10°C�÷�+55°C > Compliant�with�EN54�standard�part�25

ACTUATORS

HPFL�100

WIR

ELES

S ST

AN

D-A

LON

E SY

STEM

GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS

GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS142

>GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS

1432016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>144

>145

>148

>149

>151

GAS DETECTION CONTROL UNITS

TOXIC AND EXPLOSIVE GAS DETECTORS

LIQUID DETECTOR

SPECIAL HEAT DETECTORS

LINEAR DETECTORS

GA

S D

ETEC

TIO

N S

PEC

IAL

DET

ECTO

RS

144

FIRE DETECTION

GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS

Gas detection control units

ST/PL4 item no. 80SC6R00123**Gas detection control unit allowing connection of 4 up to 8 flammable toxic gases or oxygen detectors (through optional board) with 4-20 mA proportional output

> For each input it is possible to set the type of detector, suitable measure range and alarm level values

> Concentration values measured are shown on a backlit liquid crystal display > The control unit has 4 relay outputs, associated to: Malfunction, Alarm 1, Alarm 2, Alarm 3 + 1 auxiliary output that can be associated to one of the four statuses above

> By adding an optional module, in addition to the 4 inputs it is possible to implement 16 open collector outputs

> Housing: metal casing > Dimensions (H x W x D): 225x360x110 mm > Display: 16 character 2 line backlit LCD > Power supply: 230 Vac > Absorption: 80 mA at rest, 160 mA in alarm status, 240 mA with extension board > Relay outputs: 1 A @ 24 Vdc, 5 A @ 24 Vdc (AUX relay) > Relative temperature: 0° ÷ +40°C > Relative humidity: 15-85% non condensing

ST/PL4/ESP item no. 80SC7R10123**Extension module for 4 inputs, 16 O.C. outputs programmable for Alarm 2 or Alarm 3 for ST/PL4 control unit

> O.C. outputs: 250 mA

STG/MTSLB item no. 80SC8R00123**Gas detection control unit allowing the connection of 8 up to 104 flammable toxic gases or oxygen detectors with 4-20 mA proportional output

> The connection is through (optional) remote concentrators on RS485 serial line. > �The�control�unit�is�equipped�with�4�output�relays�to�interface�to�field�and�4�open�collector�outputs > �The�unit�can�be�configured�with�detectors�that�feature�different�detected�gases�and�activation�thresholds

> Both�explosive�and�toxic�gas�detectors�can�be�configured > The control unit can store up to 800 events > Housing: metal casing > Dimensions (H x W x D): 420 x 440 x 140 mm > Display: backlit 256 x 64 dot LCD > Power supply: 230 Vac > Extension: Up to 64 O.C. outputs with 8 STG/OUT16 optional modules > Relative temperature: 0° ÷ +40°C > Relative humidity: 15-85% non condensing

ST/PL4

STG/MTSLB

**available upon order

CONTROL UNITS

1452016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Accessories for ATEX control units

STG/IN8 item no. 80SC9R10123**Remote module for 8 board inputs.

STG/OUT16 item no. 80SC1S10123**Remote module for 16 open collector programmable board outputs.

STG/BOX item no. 80ST0510123**Metal casing for STG/IN8 or STG/OUT16 modules.

Gas detectors are used to detect the presence of combustible substances in concentrations that can be expressed as a percentage of Lower Explosive Limit (%LEL) and of toxic substances that can be�expressed�as�parts�per�million�(ppm)�or�to�detect�oxygen�deficiency�or�excess.� For explosive mixture detectors a catalytic sensor is used, while for toxic substance detectors an electrochemical cell sensor is used.The detector is fully controlled by a 10 bit microprocessor. The detectors provide either a current proportional output (4-20 mA) or relay contacts through an optional board.

EX II 3GD gas detectors

S2396VB item no. 80SD2T00123**Petrol vapour detector 4-20 mA, 0-100% LEL

> Catalytic sensor: Nemoto > Absorption: 130 mA @ 12 Vdc > The STS3REL relay board cannot be used

S1450C0 item no. 80SD7T00123**CO (Carbon Monoxide) detector 4-20 mA, 0-300 ppm

> Electrochemical cell sensor > Absorption: 30 mA @ 12 Vdc > The STS3REL relay board cannot be used

TOXIC AND EXPLOSIVE GAS DETECTORS

EX II 3GD

**available upon order

CONTROL UNITS

GA

S D

ETEC

TIO

N S

PEC

IAL

DET

ECTO

RS

146

FIRE DETECTION

GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS

EX II 3GD gas detectors

S2096ME item no. 80SD9S00123**Natural gas detector 4-20 mA, 0-100% LEL

> Catalytic sensor: Nemoto > Absorption: 130 mA @ 12 Vdc

S2096GP item no. 80SD4T00123**LPG gas detector 4-20 mA, 0-100% LEL

> Catalytic sensor: Nemoto > Absorption: 130 mA @ 12 Vdc

MAIN FEATURES OF GAS DETECTORS (EX II 3GD)Power supply 12 – 24Vdc – 20% + 15%

Auto-zero routine Zero drift compensation

Light indications Blinking LED

Precision ± 10% full scale

Warm-up time 5 minutes

Stabilisation time < 2 minutes

Response time < 15 sec. T50; <�25�sec�T90�(flammable�gas�version)

Air velocity < 6 mS

Digital�filter Sampled values variable averages

Resolution 1,024 dots

Protection degree IP55

Weight 350 g

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 106 x 170 x 65

Reference Standards EN50014 EN50018 EN50021 (essential safety requirements EEx-n) / EN61779-1/4 (performance)

Atex marking CE 722 Ex II 3GD Ex nA d IIC T6 IP55 T85°C

For other gas detector types please contact customer service

EX II 3GD

**available upon order

TOXIC AND EXPLOSIVE GAS DETECTORS

1472016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

Gas detectors type EX II 2GD

S2097VB item no. 80SD1U00123**Petrol vapour detector 4-20 mA, 0-100% LEL

> Catalytic sensor: Nemoto > Absorption: 130 mA @ 12 Vdc

S2097ME item no. 80SD9T00123**Natural gas detector 4-20 mA, 0-100% LEL

> Catalytic sensor: Nemoto > Absorption: 130 mA @ 12 Vdc

S2131CO item no. 80SD5U00123**CO (Carbon Monoxide) detector 4-20 mA, 0-500 ppm

> Electrochemical cell sensor > Absorption: 30 mA @ 12 Vdc

S2097GP item no. 80SD2U00123**LPG gas detector 4-20 mA, 0-100% LEL

> Catalytic sensor: Nemoto > Absorption: 130 mA @ 12 Vdc EX II 2GD

MAIN FEATURES OF GAS DETECTORS (EX II 2GD)Power supply 12 – 24Vdc – 20% + 15%

Auto-zero routine Zero drift compensation

Light indications Blinking LED

Precision ± 10% full scale

Warm-up time 5 minutes

Stabilisation time < 2 minutes

Response time < 15 sec. T50; <�25�sec�T90�(flammable�gas�version)

Air velocity < 6 mS

Digital�filter Sampled values variable averages

Resolution 1,024 dots

Protection degree IP66

Weight 950 g

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 110 x 135 x 80

Reference Standards EN50014 EN50018 EN50021 (essential safety requirements EEx-n) / EN61779-1/4 (performance)

Atex marking CE 722 Ex II 2GD Ex d IIC Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

For other gas detector types please contact customer service

**available upon order

TOXIC AND EXPLOSIVE GAS DETECTORS

GA

S D

ETEC

TIO

N S

PEC

IAL

DET

ECTO

RS

148

FIRE DETECTION

GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS

TOXIC AND EXPLOSIVE GAS DETECTORS

Accessories for gas detectors

ST/S3REL item no. 80SC5R10123**Three-relay board for gas detectors

> It allows to have dry contacts > The�first�output�is�associated�to�malfunction�or�Watch-Dog > The second output can be associated to either alarm 1 or alarm 2 of detector > The second output can be associated to either alarm 2 or alarm 3 of detector > Relay contact capacity: 50mA @ 24 Vdc; 100 mA @ 12 Vdc

Non-flammable liquid detector

RA/209 item no. 80SD2B00121 Electronic detector to detect the presence of (non-flammable) liquids

> Water presence is detected by 4 golden support feet, which trigger the alarm by switching a relay inside the detector

> For improved security, the RA/209 model is equipped with an adjustable humidity detector with built-in trimmer

> Supports connection of up to 10 external probes model RA/209S item no. SD7L00121 > Casing: white thermoplastic material > Operating voltage: from 12 to 27 Vdc > Average absorption: 3,5 mA at 27 Vdc > Operating temperature: +5°C/50°C > Dimensions (W x H x D): 64 x 96 x 30 mm

LIQUID DETECTOR

RA/209

**available upon order

1492016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

SPECIAL HEAT DETECTORS

Heat detectors

RTS/2 item no. 80SD2C00123** The IP65 special heat detector is based on the deformation of a bimetallic element which closes a dry contact as the temperature is reached. This makes the detector easy to interfaced with any board type

> This heat detector is suitable for detection in environments where potentially explosive atmospheres may be present. The detector is manufactured in compliance with the industry's specific�standards�(ATEX)

> The detector can operate, based on the type of heat probe being used, as follows: > DF: Gradient detector. The alarm is activated when the temperature increases by over 13°C per minute

> SD: semidifferential detector: the alarm is activated when calibration temperature is reached, or when the temperature increases by over 15°C per minute

> MAX: maximum temperature detector: the alarm is activated only when the calibration temperature is reached

> Item no. 80SD2C00123 corresponds to a detector with 68°C calibration temperature. Other calibrations available upon order

> Operating principle: Bimetallic element deformation > Protection degree: IP65 > Operating temperature: 190°C max > Relative humidity: 98% > Weight: 0.9 kg > Bimetallic component: Nilvar - Brass > Adjustment range –40°C ÷ +190°C > Activation threshold: upon request/SD mod. Max 88°C > Alarm condition: Normally closed contact > Contact capacity: 2.5 A > Operating voltage: 48 Vdc > Casing material: Aluminium alloy > Dimensions (W x H x D): 110 x 213 x 70 mm

RTS/6 item no. 80SD3C00123**The IP65 special heat detector is based on the deformation of a bimetallic element which closes a dry contact as the temperature is reached

> This makes the detector easy to be interfaced with any board type. This heat detector is suitable for detection in environments where potentially explosive atmospheres may be present. The detector is manufactured in compliance with the industry's standards (ATEX)

> Item no. 80SD3C00123 corresponds to a detector with 70°C calibration temperature. Other calibrations available upon order

> The�heat�probe�is�UL/FM�certified > Operating principle: Bimetallic element deformation > Relative humidity: 98% > Weight: 0.4 Kg > Bimetallic component: Nilvar > Adjustment�range:�fixed�calibration�upon�order > Alarm condition: Normally closed contact > Contact capacity: 2 A > Operating voltage: 24 Vdc > Sensor material: steel > Casing material: Aluminium alloy > Dimensions (H x W x D): 193.5 x 100 x 70 mm

RTS/2

**available upon order

GA

S D

ETEC

TIO

N S

PEC

IAL

DET

ECTO

RS

150

FIRE DETECTION

GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS

Heat detectors

RTS/4 item no. 80SD4C00123**The IP55 special heat detector is based on the deformation of a bimetallic element which closes a dry contact as the temperature is reached

> This makes the detector easy to be interfaced with any board type > The detector can operate, based on the type of heat probe being used, as follows: > DF: Gradient detector. The alarm is activated only when the temperature increases by over 13°C per minute

> SD: Semidifferential detector. > The alarm is activated every time the calibration temperature is reached, or when the temperature increases by over 15°C per minute

> MAX: maximum temperature detector > The alarm is activated only when the calibration temperature is reached > Item no. 80SD4C00123 corresponds to a detector with 71°C calibration temperature. Other calibrations available upon order

> Operating principle: Bimetallic element deformation > Operating temperature: 190°C max > Relative humidity: 98% > Weight: 0.4 Kg > Bimetallic component: Nilvar - Brass > Adjustment range: –40°C ÷ +190°C > Activation threshold: upon request/SD mod. Max 88°C > Alarm condition: Normally closed contact > Contact capacity: 2.5 A > Operating voltage: 48 Vdc > Casing material: Aluminium alloy > Dimensions (W x H x D): 92 x 167 x 67 mm

RTS/4

Heat detectors

RLB/1 item no. 80SD6P00121** Linear heat detector, 68°C calibration (certified)

> Packaging: 100 m reel

RLB/2 item no. 80SD5P00121** Linear heat detector, 105°C calibration (certified)

> Packaging: 100 m reel

SPECIAL HEAT DETECTORS

HEAT DETECTORS

**available upon order

1512016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

LINEAR DETECTORS

Linear smoke detectors

FL100 item no. 80IL7800121 Tx + Rx smoke linear detector, max. range 150 m

> �FL100�smoke�linear�detector�is�mainly�suitable�for�office�building�applications. > Its operating principle is based on the interaction between the smoke present inside a room originated�by�an�incipient�fire�and�an�infrared�emitted�by�a�transmission�unit�(Tx)�and�received�and duly processed by a receiving unit (Rx). In particular, the Rx receiver processes an electric signal�proportionally�to�the�received�light�intensity,�through�the�notification�of�an�alarm�or�fault�condition if the signal drops continuously below an alarm or fault threshold for a pre-set time period.

> The detector is equipped with three LED indicators and two 7-segment displays to report various information to the installer/operator.

> It also features a fault relay and 2 relays signalling the pre-alarm and alarm condition; the device�features�the�connection�to�a�standard�fire�detection�line�to�signal�the�alarm�condition�to�the control unit.

> Supply voltage: 10.8 ÷ 26.8 Vdc > Consumption in stand-by mode at 24 Vdc: 55mA > Consumption in stand-by mode at 12 Vdc: 45mA > Consumption in alarm conditions at 24 Vdc: 60mA > Consumption in alarm conditions at 12 Vdc: 50mA > Consumption in fault conditions at 24 Vdc: 45mA > Consumption in fault conditions at 12 Vdc: 40mA > Pre-alarm shading thresholds: 20%, 25%, 30%, 35% > Alarm shading threshold: 35% > Minimum operating distance: 5 metres > Maximum operating distance: 150 metres > Transmitter beam wavelength: 890 nm > Beam misalignment tolerance: ±1° > 1A pre-alarm relay, 30 Vdc resistive load - NO/NC contact to be selected through jumper > 1A alarm relay, 30 Vdc resistive load - NO/NC contact to be selected through jumper > 1A malfunction relay, 30 Vdc resistive load - NO/NC contact to be selected through jumper > Conventional line - input voltage range: 10 ÷ 20Vdc > Conventional line - absorption in pre-alarm conditions: 20mA at 20Vdc > Conventional line - absorption in alarm conditions: 40mA at 20Vdc > Conventional line - reset pulse duration: 200mS > Operating temperature range: (-10 ± 3)°C ÷ (55 ± 2)°C > Relative humidity: (93 ± 3)% > Protection class: IP55 > Dimensions: 248(L) x 122(H) x 120(D) mm > Weight: 900g > Certified�in�compliance�with�EN54�part�12,�No.�1293-CPR-0406

GA

S D

ETEC

TIO

N S

PEC

IAL

DET

ECTO

RS

FL100

152

FIRE DETECTION

GAS DETECTIONSPECIAL DETECTORS

Accessories

FLR100 item no. 80IL7900121 Reflection smoke linear detector, max. range 100 m

> The FL100 smoke linear detector is mainly suitable for cultural assets, such as: museums, churches, historical buildings, art exhibitions, etc.

> Its operating principle is based on the interaction between the smoke present inside a room�originated�by�an�incipient�fire�and�an�infrared�beam�emitted�by�a�special�optical�reflector.�In�particular,�the�Rx�receiver�processes�an�electric�signal�proportionally�to�the�received�light�intensity,�through�the�notification�of�an�alarm�or�fault�condition�if�the�signal�drops continuously below an alarm or fault threshold for a pre-set time period.

> The detector is equipped with three LED indicators and two 7-segment displays to report various information to the installer/operator.

> It also features a fault relay and 2 relays signalling the pre-alarm and alarm condition; the�device�features�the�connection�to�a�standard�fire�detection�line�to�signal�the�alarm�condition to the control unit.

> Supply voltage: 10.8 ÷ 26.8 Vdc > Consumption in stand-by mode at 24 Vdc: 55mA > Consumption in stand-by mode at 12 Vdc: 45mA > Consumption in alarm conditions at 24 Vdc: 50mA > Consumption in alarm conditions at 12 Vdc: 40mA > Consumption in fault conditions at 24 Vdc: 35mA > Consumption in fault conditions at 12 Vdc: 30mA > Pre-alarm shading thresholds: 20%, 25%, 30%, 35% > Alarm shading threshold: 35% > Minimum operating distance: 5 metres > Maximum operating distance: 100 metres > Transmitter beam wavelength: 890 nm > Beam misalignment tolerance: ±1° > 1A pre-alarm relay, 30 Vdc resistive load - NO/NC contact to be selected through jumper > 1A alarm relay, 30 Vdc resistive load - NO/NC contact to be selected through jumper > 1A malfunction relay, 30 Vdc resistive load - NO/NC contact to be selected through

jumper > Conventional line - input voltage range: 10 ÷ 20Vdc > Conventional line - absorption in pre-alarm conditions: 20mA at 20Vdc > Conventional line - absorption in alarm conditions: 40mA at 20Vdc > Conventional line - reset pulse duration: 200mS > Operating temperature range: (-10 ± 3)°C ÷ (55 ± 2)°C > Relative humidity: (93 ± 3)% > Protection class: IP55 > Dimensions: 248(L) x 122(H) x 120(D) mm > Weight: 900g > Certified�in�compliance�with�EN54�part�12,�No.�1293-CPR-0407

RIFLE20 item no. 80IL8000121Reflector max. range 20 m

> Dimensions: 10 x 10

RIFLE50 item no. 80IL8100121Reflector max. range 50 m

> Dimensions: 20 x 20

RIFLE100 item no. 80IL8200121Reflector max. range 100 m

> Dimensions: 30 x 30

LINEAR DETECTORS

FLR100

1532016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

DETECTOR

GA

S D

ETEC

TIO

N S

PEC

IAL

DET

ECTO

RS

XCC-011 item no. 80SD9W00123 > The intake smoke detector takes actively the air from the protected area through a piping network�on�which�sampling�holes�are�made.�A�part�of�the�air�taken�is�filtered�and�carried�to�the�high-sensitivity Laser detection chamber. According to the actual smoke concentration in the sample,�fire�alarms�are�generated�and�sent�to�the�management�and�control�system�through�digital�outputs�(SPST�relay).�A�flow�sensor�is�placed�at�the�detector�input�for�the�integrity�check�of the sampling pipe, generating the device fault warning if the sampling holes are occluded or an intake pipe is broken.

> The detector is equipped with a high-sensitivity Laser chamber able to promptly detect the presence of smoke and is suitable to protect areas up to 1600 sq. m. A maximum of 18 holes can be made on the sampling pipeline, each of them has an equivalent sensitivity to class C according to EN54-20 (entirely comparable to a punctiform detector). The detector provides two alarm levels (Pre-alarm and Alarm) through SPST type voltage-free relay outputs and a SPDT type relay output for machine fault signalling.

> The front part of the detector is equipped with state LEDs such as Alarm, Pre-Alarm, fault, system OK and a push-button to reset or disable the device.

Technical features > 1 alarm area - 1 channel - max 18 holes > Maximum coverage: 1600 sq. m > 1 pipeline 1x110 m or 2x80 m > Cartridge�two-stage�filter.�External�filter�option > Intake�air�flow�control > LED display (5 LEDs) > 24VDC power supply > Max absorption 245 mA > Dimensions (L, H, D): 224 x 225 x 85mm > Alarm�thresholds:�Can�be�configured�from�I�to�IV�depending�on�the�pre-engineered�sampling�

network according to the installation manual > Relay digital outputs:1 malfunction relay2�alarm�relays�with�configurable�Pre-alarm�and�Alarm�threshold

> Pipeline: 3/4” standard or 25 mm in ABS plastic material > Protection class: IP30 > Operating temperature: -10° ÷ +55°C > Operating humidity: 10 ÷ 95%NC > Certification:�LPCB�-�CPD�EN54-20�-�CE�EMC�-�Sensitivity�EN54-20�class�C

NOTE: for intake system accessories (pipes, couplings, elbow pipes, glue, etc.) please contact the customer service (+39 011 3986711)

XCC-011

>VISUAL-ACOUSTIC INDICATORS ACCESSORIES

154VISUAL-ACOUSTIC

INDICATORS ACCESSORIES

1552016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K>156 PANELS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICAT

OR

S

156

FIRE DETECTION

VISUAL-ACOUSTIC INDICATORS ACCESSORIES

Visual acoustic panels

TM24A item no. 80FH3600121Single-side visual acoustic panel

> Power supply : 12 – 24 Vdc > Max consumption: 100 mA > Lighting by high-efficiency LEDs > Buzzer sound pressure: 85 dB @ 1 m > Steady/flashing light, selectable > Continuous/intermittent sound, selectable > Protection against polarity inversion > Operating temperature: -10°C ÷ +50°C > Material: self-extinguishing ABS, class V0 > Protection degree: IP40 > The following pictograms are supplied as standard: Fire alarm

TB24 item no. 80FH2700121 Visual/acoustic double-side panel

> Power supply : 12 – 24 Vdc > Max consumption: 100 mA > Lighting by high-efficiency LEDs > Buzzer sound pressure: 85 dB @ 1 m > Steady/flashing light, selectable > Continuous/intermittent sound, selectable > Protection against polarity inversion > Operating temperature: -10°C ÷ +50°C > Material: self-extinguishing ABS, class V0 > Protection degree: IP40 > The following pictograms are supplied as standard: Fire alarm, Evacuate the premises, Extinguishing in progress, Gas alarm

SPTB item no. 80SF5000121 Bracket for visual/acoustic double-side panel TB24

TM220 item no. 80FH2800121 Self-powered single-side visual acoustic panel 230 Vac

> Power supply: 230 Vac > Max consumption: 100 mA > Lighting by high-efficiency LEDs > Buzzer sound pressure: 85 dB @ 1 m > Steady/flashing light, selectable > Continuous/intermittent sound, selectable > Protection against polarity inversion > Buffer battery: 3.6 V 1.5Ah Ni-Cd > Battery life in alarm condition: 1 hour > Operating temperature: -10°C ÷ +50°C > Material: self-extinguishing ABS, class V0 > Protection degree: IP40 > The following pictograms are supplied as standard: Fire alarm, Evacuate the premises, Extinguishing in progress, Gas alarm

TM24A

TB24

TM220

PANELS

1572016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

SIRENS

HPA100F item no. 80HP9500111Supplementary indoor siren

> Sound frequency: 2800 - 3200 Hz > Sound pressure: 100 dB @ 1 m > Colour: red > Protection against polarity inversion > Power supply: 12 - 24 Vdc > Absorption: 140 mA > Dimensions (W x H x D): 140 x 105 x 40 mm

HPA700F item no. 80HS5100121 Self-powered outdoor siren

> Sound block at first start up > Rated supply voltage: 24 Vdc > Minimum operating voltage: 18 Vdc > Maximum operating voltage: 30 Vdc > Absorption at rest: 24 mA typical > Battery recharging max. absorption: 650 mA > Alarm absorption: 1 A at rated voltage > Incandescent light bulb power: 10 W > Protection degree of casing certified (IEC 70.1 ): l P33 > Protection degree of casing declared by manufacturer: IP43 > IK Mechanical impact resistance degree (IEC 70.3): IK08 > Operating frequency: 2400+2800 Hz > Battery: 12V 1.9Ah, 12V 2Ah, 12V 2.1Ah > Certified operating temperature: -25°C ÷ +70°C > End of line control relay contact capacity: 6 A @ 24 Vdc > Dimensions (W x H x D): 254 x 314 x 108 mm > Certified EN54 part 3, No. 0051-CPD-0386

DSE/626 item no. 80HS2100123 Red siren for premises evacuation in compliance with regulation 626/94. Two-tone alarm, xenon visual signalling.

> Operating voltage: 230 Vac > Protection degree: IP44 > Sound pressure: 104 dB (A) @ 3 m > Operating temperature: –25°C ÷ +55°C > Battery: 12V 2.1 Ah > Dimensions (W x H x D): 210 x 265 x 65 mm > Weight: 2.1 kg

HPA700F

DSE/626

HPA100F

VISUAL-ACOUSTIC INDICATORS

T/800L item no. 80SR0200121**Visual repeater with cast-iron casing G-20 uni 5007. The visual repeater body features a light on the top part of the casing.

> The casing houses a bakelite lamp holder with terminals for connection of the repeater activation system, and a 30 Volt 5 Watt lamp

> Operating voltage: 10.5 to 36 Vdc > Alarm absorption: 200 mA > Protection degree: IP65 > Weight: 3 kg T/800L

**available upon order

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICAT

OR

S

158

FIRE DETECTION

VISUAL-ACOUSTIC INDICATORS ACCESSORIES

Electromagnetic stop

EM50P item no. 80MM7000123Electromagnet with release button. Power supply 24 Vdc. Holding force 50 Kg

EM100P item no. 80MM9000123Electromagnet with release button. Power supply 24 Vdc. Holding force 100 Kg

ELECTROMAGNETS

82425 BG item no. 80PS7900123Power unit with 27.6 V output voltage in switching version and 2.5 A current

> High protection degree against overload, polarity inversions, short circuit. Power supply unit status is signalled by 4 external LEDs: power supply presence (green), battery charger functionality (green) led, low battery (red), malfunction (red). Key for opening and closing the front panel

> Primary power supply: 230 Vac > Protection degree: IP30 > Operating temperature: +5°C ÷ +40 °C > Certified EN 54-4

82450 BG item no. 80PS8000123Power supplier with 27.6 V output voltage in switching version and current 5 A

> High protection degree against overload, polarity inversions, short circuit. Power supply unit status is signalled by 4 external LEDs: power supply presence (green), battery charger functionality (green) led, low battery (red), malfunction (red). Key for opening and closing the front panel

> Primary power supply: 230 Vac > Protection degree: IP 30 > Operating temperature: +5° ÷ +40° C > Certified EN 54-4

RB06 item no. 80RB0410113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 7.2 Ah

RB 19 item no. 80RB0310113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 2.2 Ah

RB 15 item no. 80RB0810113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 18 Ah

RB 24 item no. 80RB0510113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 26 Ah

RB 1212 item no. 80RB1110113Water-proof rechargeable battery 12 V 12 Ah

BATTERIES

82425 BG

POWER UNITS

1592016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

SALES NETWORK

For assistance and information about Elkron products and systems you can scan this QR code with your smartphone or visit

www.elkron.it >> Contacts >> Sales Network

FIRE DETECTIONINTRUSION DETECTION /

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

ALBANIA

ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES LABORATORYRruga: “Niko Avrami”, Nr 9 - TiranaTel.: +355 (0) 42 365 164 - contact@atl-al.com - www.atl-al.com

AUSTRIA

URMET DIALOG GMBHLaengenfeldgasse, 27 A-1120 - WienTel.: +4318153508 - info@dialog-urmet.at - www.dialog-urmet.at

SSAM WARENHANDELS GMBHWiener Strasse 113/2.2.D- A-2700 Wiener NeustadtTel.: +43 26.22 25.56.677

BELGIUM

RAS BvbaBrugsesteenweg 257- B-8500 KortrijkTel.: +32 56 36 37 40 - ras.contact@rassecurity.com - www.rassecurity.com

BULGARIA

URMET BULGARIAStr. Kurtevich, 7 | 4000 - PlovdivTel.: +359 889 12 13 12 - info@urmet.bg - www.urmet.bg

CYPRUS

EMS ELECTRONIC & COMPUTER SUPPLIES27A Acropoleos Avenue - 2083 NicosiaTel.: +357 22.45.09.40 - Fax: +357 22.31.24.30 - emsltd@cytanet.com.cy

Security Distribution Center S.D.C.87 B&C, Anglantzias Avenue - 2112 Nicosia

Tel. +35722252040 - sdc@sdc.com.cy - www.sdc.com.cy

CZECH REPUBLIC

URMET s.r.o.Prumyslová zóna III Vetrná 102 - 41742 KrupkaTel.: +420 417 532 204 - E-mail: info@urmet.cz - www.urmet.cz

DENMARK

URMET A.S. SCANDINAVIABanegårdsgade, 16 - 8300 - OdderTel.: +4723039320 - post@urmet.dk - www.urmet.dk

FINLAND

TIP TOP TURVABondarbyntie 175 - 02420 JorvasTel. 00358500300400 - info@tiptopturva.fi

FRANCE

URMET FRANCE94 rue de la Belle EtoileZAC Paris Nord 2 95700 Roissy en France

Tel.: +33155858400 - info@urmet.fr - www.urmet.fr

GERMANY

GROTHE GmbHLoehestrasse 22 - 53773 HennefTel.: 0049224288900 - info@grothe.de - www.grothe.de

SK-SECURITY & SERVICESHeckenrosenweg 16- 70619 STUTTGARTTel.: 00497113101171 - Elkron.Sicherheitstechnik@t-online.de

GREECE

KARSON S.A.Aghiou Panteleimonos 3 -122 41 Aigaleo, AthensTel.: +30 21 3464461 - karson@karson.gr

HUNGARY

URMET HUNGARIA KFT.Liliom U. 39. - 1094 BudapestTel.: +36 1 21.66.230 - info@urmet.hu - www.urmet.hu

LATVIA

SIA “LOKS”Dzenu 3-15 - LV-1021 RigaTel.: +371 67812772 - loks@loks.lv - www.loks.lv

LUXEMBOURG

LUXSECURITY LUXEMBOURG SA12 Rue Nicolas Glesener - L-6131 JunglinsterTel.: +352 20.20.25.36 - info@luxsecurity.com

MALTA

P.A.L. Pace Associates Ltd.134, S.Zerafa Str. - MarsaTel.: +356247111 - info@palmalta.com - www.palmalta.com

EUROPE

160

FIRE DETECTION

VISUAL-ACOUSTIC INDICATORS ACCESSORIES

NETHERLANDS

ELBO TECHNOLOGY BVScience Park Eindhoven 5707 - 5692 EP - Son

Tel.: +31 402679888 - info@elbotechnology.nl - www.elbotechnology.nl

NORWAY

URMET A.S. SCANDINAVIAPostboks 1809, Stoa- 4858 ArendalTel.: 004723039320 - post@urmet.no - www.urmet.no

POLAND

MIWI URMET SP.Z.O.O.Pojezierska 90A- 91341 Lodz

Tel.: +48 42 6407018 - miwi@miwiurmet.com.pl - www.miwiurmet.com.pl

PORTUGAL

DELTRONICA, EQUIPAMENTOS DERua Faria Guimaraes, 695 1 - 4200 OPORTOTel.: +351225091815 - geral@deltronica.pt - www.deltronica.pt

STOCKSENSOR Com.Equip.Segurança SAZ.I. de Tabueira - P3800-055 Tabueira (Aveiro)Tel.: +351234910050 - geral@stocksensor.pt - www.stocksensor.pt

REXEL S.A.Av. D. Joao II Lote 1.12.02 Torre B, Piso 14 - 01990-077 LisboaTel.: +351 21.89.37.273 - jgaspar@rexel.pt - www.rexel.pt

ROMANIA

URMET DISTRIBUTION SRLBd Iuliu Maniu nr 7 corp T cam 12 - BucureştiTel.: +40736033831 +40747182718 - office@urmet-ultralux.rowww.urmet-ultralux.ro

RUSSIAN FEDERATION

URMET INTERCOM LTD33 Fourshtadskaya Str., APT.4 - 19112 St. Petersburg Tel.: +8124413041 - spb@urmet.ru - www.urmet.ru

SLOVAK REPUBLIC

URMET s.r.o.Organizacná zložka Rožnavská 1 (R1 Centrum) - 831 04 BratislavaTel.: +421 2 536 311 42 - info@urmet.sk - www.urmet.sk

SLOVENJA

URMET d.o.o.Velika Pot 25 - SI-5250 SolkanTel.: +386 5 3308150 - info@vezave.si - www.vezave.si

SPAIN

GOLMAR SISTEMAS DE COMUNIC. SAC/ Silici 13 - 08940 Cornella de Llobregat-BarcelonaTel. 0034 93 4800696 - golmar@golmar.es - www.golmar.es

EGYPT

IBRAHIM SHERIF MOHAMED NIAZY20 Mosadak Str. Dokki GizaTel.: +20 27 61 66 61 - +20 23 76 16 661 - orti@orti.com.eg - www.orti.com.eg

MOROCCO

ELKRON MAROC69, Rue de Rome - Franceville II 2000 - CasablancaTel.: +212522832000 - info@elkronmaroc.mawww.elkronmaroc.telecontact.ma

TUNISIE

ELKRON TUNISIE2, Rue El Menzah -1004 Menzah TunisTel.: +216 7123 8268 - info@elkron.com.tn - www.elkron-tunisie.com

AFRICA

URMET SCAD2bis, Rue El Menzah - El Menzah 1004 TunisTel.: +216 7123 8268 - info@elkron.com.tn - www.elkron-tunisie.com

REST OF AFRICA

SACOTEL S.A.L.162, Badaro Street - Badaro 2085162 - PO BOX 166888 BeirutTel.: +961386868 - sacotel@sacotel.com.lb - www.sacotel.com.lb

MIDDLE EAST

TURKEY

CILINGIR ELEKTRONIK SISTEMLERResit Galip Cad. NO.13 - 06700 G.O.P. AnkaraTel.: +90 312 4461750 - cilingir@cilingirelektronik.com.trwww.cilingirelektronic.tr

CILINGIR ELEKTRONIK SISTEMLERPerpa Tic. Merkezi A Blok 5. Kat No: 51 - 34385 Okmeydany IstanbulTel.: +90 212 2226737 - cilingir@cilingirelektronik.com.trwww.cilingirelektronic.tr

1612016CATALOGUE

FI

FIRE DETEC TION

AI

INTRUSION DETEC TION

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TOR

SSI

REN

SO

UTD

OO

R P

RO

TEC

TIO

NS

PER

IMET

ER D

ETEC

TOR

SW

IREL

ESS

SYST

EMS

VOLU

MET

RIC

DET

ECTO

RS

VISU

AL-

AC

OU

STIC

IND

ICA

TOR

SG

AS

DET

ECTI

ON

SP

ECIA

L D

ETEC

TOR

SEX

TIN

GU

ISH

ING

SYS

TEM

WIR

ELE

SS S

TAN

D-A

LON

E S

YSTE

MD

IGIT

AL

SYST

EMS

UN

IVER

SAL

BA

SES

FOR

DU

CTE

D D

ETEC

TIO

NC

ON

VEN

TIO

NA

L SY

STEM

S

WIR

ED A

LAR

M S

YSTE

MS

FOG

GIN

G S

YSTE

MA

CC

ESSO

RIE

S

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

BRAZIL

URMET DO BRASILRua Almirante Gavião 11 – Loja F 20260-200 - Tijuca RJTel.: +55 2125677330 - vendas@urmet.com.br - www.urmet.com.br

URUGUAY

SIERA REGIONAL EXPORT S.A.Ruta 8 Km 17500 - 56256 MontevideoTel.: +59825182738 - venta@sieraelectronics.comwww. sieraelectronics.com

SOUTH AMERICA

INDIA

ALBA URMET COMM.& SECURITY PVT.LTD.275, Udyog Vihar, Phase IV - 122001 - Gurgaon, HaryanaTel. +91/124/4300630 - sales@albaurmet.com - www.albaurmet.com

HONG KONG

URMET JES LIMITED6O Wing Tai Road, Chai Wan Ind. City - Chai Wan, Hong KongTel.: +852 25153866 - jeshk@netvigator.com

SINGAPORE

URMET ASIA PACIFIC Pte LtdBlk 2 Bukit Batok Street 24 #09-10 Skytech - 659480 - SingaporeTel.: +5 6273 2766 - sales@urmetasiapac.com

FAR EAST

AUSTRALIA (NSW-QLD-SA-WA-ACT-NT)

URMET HOME & BUILDING SOLUTIONS36, Ricketty Street - NSW2020 - MascotTel.: +61285850700 - salesNSW@urmet.com.au - www.urmet.com.au

OCEANIA

SALE

S N

ETW

OR

K

E_C

G11

15_A

IFI_

ENG

Elkron is a trademark of Urmet S.p.A.